Quantcast
Channel: - Radical Socialist
Viewing all 214 articles
Browse latest View live

Radical Socialist statement on LG Polymers disaster

$
0
0

 

Radical Socialist is greatly alarmed at the death of 11 people, including a six-year-old girl, and more than

a thousand people affected after styrene monomer gas leaked from a chemical plant belonging to LG

Polymers at RR Venkatapuram in Visakhapatnam on May 7, 2020. Around 350 people are hospitalised till

now. This gas leak has directly affected an area over a radius of about three kilometres. At least five

villages within this radius have been severely affected. According to experts, styrene is a neuro-toxin and

inhalation leads to immobilisation and eventual death in ten minutes.



The chemical plant situated in a densely populated area in Visakhapatnam city occupies an area of 213

acres. Earlier called Hindustan Polymers, the company was taken over by the South Korean multinational

LG Chem in July 1997.  It manufactures polystyrene and expandable polystyrene from imported styrene

and reprocesses primary plastics into engineering plastics. 


In January 2018, AP Pollution Control Board granted environmental clearance to LG Polymers to expand

production from 415 tonnes of chemicals per day to 655 tonnes per day, at an extra cost of Rs 168 crores.

These include polystyrene and expandable polystyrene, both using hazardous chemicals for its

manufacture. This clearance is considered valid till December 2021. However, later in May 2019, the

State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) pointed out that LG polymers was

functioning without a valid environmental clearance order from it. It stated that no clearance was obtained

by the company regarding ‘petrochemical based processing’ in the schedule to the EIA notification,

2006.” 


In the wake of the COVID-19 lockdown, after the first phase of lockdown ended on April 14, 2020, the

company also managed to gain permission for functioning citing that it was an “essential” industry. The

South-Korean company had managed to obtain a No Objection Certficate (NOC) even as the first phase

of the COVID-19 lockdown ended. 


By no stretch of the imagination can a plastics manufacturing unit like LG Polymers be categorised as “

essential”. This has clearly happened in collusion with senior government officials. The issues around

the environmental clearance and the subsequent events around the lockdown makes it amply clear that

this can’t be termed as an accident but constitutes criminal negligence by the company which out to

maximise profits has bypassed all safety norms. Moreover, such an industrial disaster coupled with the

ongoing pandemic can have  far reaching dangerous consequences. 



Radical Socialist also notes, and urges all socialist, working class, and ecologically conscious people and

organisations to undertand that the Modi government, right from 2014, has been committed to

overturning environmentally sound policies. As with other issues like centralisation of powers and

overturning labour laws, it is using the current crisis to push aggressively for its eco-destructive policies,

in the name of development/economic revival. This has to be combatted not merely in this case, but in all

cases. The LG Polymers disaster is a warning that Indian capitalism and the Modi regime cannot be

trusted at all in this matter, and only continuous resistance can ensure any positive development.


Radical Socialist demands that:


  • The directors of LG Polymers be arrested for criminal negligence and flouting environmental and safety
  • norms.
  • The officials colluding with the company and easing environmental and safety norms should be booked.
  • All safety precautions must be taken before reopening plants dealing with chemical and hazardous
  • materials.
  • All victims of this disaster must be adequately compensated.
  • The local environment, atmosphere and groundwater sources must be cleaned and purified.
  • Violation of safety norms in industries must be recognised as a criminal offence.  
  • Efforts must be made to shift from such polluting industries to environment friendly ones. 


May 8, 2020


Covid-19, Citizenship Amendment Act and the End of Indian Democracy

$
0
0

We publish below an article by Murzban Jal. He has been a regular contributor. We hope others will send their views on the artice and it will stimulate a debate.-- Administrator

 

By Murzban Jal

 

 

 

Covid-19, it seems, has come as a blessing for the capitalist politicians. While threats, even when being shot by fascist goons did not frighten the rebellious crowds asking that the  Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA) be repealed because of its obvious communal colour, Covid-19 has somehow almost like magic made the crowds disappear. For the world, especially for the imperialist group of nations while Covid-19 is seen inexorably woven with the world economic crises—the crisis demanded that a lockdown of industries take place—for the Indian elites it is related directly to the Citizenship Amendment Act—to drive the crowds from the streets. What one must do is talk less of Covid-19 and talk more of the world capitalist crisis and the Citizenship Amendment Act. Not relating these would lead to tragedy. 

While a dominant view says that India is now under the tutelage of authoritarianism and fascism where a terrible form of tragedy is scripted on its bare chest, a deeper view while agreeing that fascism is a terrible form of tragedy says that it is liberalism which lies behind fascism and that because of the seeds sown by the liberalism with its free market economy one cannot confront fascism. Let us turn to Ambedkar for instance who in his ‘Reply to the Mahatma’ an extension of his Annihilation of Castesaid:

 

We are indeed witness to a great tragedy.[1]

 

What was the tragedy for Ambedkar? The tragedy was that while the Indian liberal elites instead of confronting hierarchies and inequalities simply insisted in remaining silent on these. It is this very silence of the liberals which the fascists have converted into cacophony. With the December 2019 Citizen’s Amendment Act passed in the Rajya Sabha, it seems that the tragedy that Ambedkar had warned of has indeed come.While December 2019 was the moment of the triumph of the Hindutva right-wing, Ambedkar was focused on not merely the right-wing, but on Gandhi, the liberal democrats and the Hindu reformists and their method and style of social and political leadership. According to this radical Ambedkarite perspective it was because of certain necessary reforms that Indian society was to unable to execute that the specter of fascism has risen.

It is in this sense that we recall Slavoj Zizek’s use of Walter Benjamin’s phrase “behind every fascism, there is a failed revolution”, a phrase which is apt in understanding the rise of the BJP in power, especially with the Citizenship Amendment Bill passed in the Indian parliament. What is the crux of this Act? Supporters of this Act claim is that it is nothing but an act of benevolence and those (i.e. everyone but Muslims and Jews) suffering from religious persecution would be given Indian citizenship. They say that this merely follows the Citizenship Act of 1955 and the 1985 amendment after the Assam Accord followed by other amendments in 1992, 2003, 2005 and 2015. These same supporters claim that the 2003 amendment was supported by both the Congress party and the CPI(M). So why the fuse now? The answer which the right-wing gives is that the Congress and the Left have now been seduced by extreme left-wing ideas and in a terrible fit of jealousy want to bring in god’s own appointed government down. 

A closer inspection finds something else. What the Hindytva government wants to do is to not only radically transform citizenship, but to destroy the very idea of citizenship. The National Register of Citizens (NRC) which they want to make is not going to abide by the ideology of democracy and civic nationalism, but by the fascist idea of nationhood where V.D. Savarkar’s notorious twins of “fatherland” and “holy land” will guide who is to be defined by the term “Indian”.

That this almost reflects the spirit of the Nazi Nuremberg Laws of 1935 must be spelt out. Let is turn to this to see how the Nazi turn is taking in Indian politics. On 15th September 1935 the Nazis passed the Law for the protection of German Blood and German Honour followed on 14th November by the Reich Citizenship Law. These were preceded by the Law for the Restoration of the Professional Civil Services of 7th April 1933. That unlike almost all political parties the RSS was founded on the racial and fascist idea of “Race Spirit”. In fact it must be mentioned that no political party except the BJP follows this outdated eugenic idea borrowed from Western Europe. According to this ideology the people of the world are divided into “races”, the imagined Aryan race being the most superior. And since Jews and Muslims did not it in the spirit of the imagined Aryans these so-called races had to be exterminated. The Nazis did this with terrible consequences. Consider this foundational document of the Indian fascists:

 

The foreign races in Hindustan must either adopt Hindu culture and language, must hold to respect and hold in reverence Hindu religion, must entertain no idea but those of the glorification of the Hindu religion and lose their separate existence, to merge in the Hindu race, or may stay in the country, wholly subordinated to the Hindu nation, claiming nothing, deserving no privileges, far less any preferential treatment—not even citizen’s rights.[2] 

 

To understand how the fascist idea of who is an Indian and how those who cannot be defined as “Indian” would be expelled from the country, let us consider two statements of Indian fascism. The first is from We Or Our Nation Defined where Golwalkar said: “Race is the body of the nation, and that with its fall, the nation, ceases to exist.” and the second from Savarkar’s Hindu Rashtra Darshan who said that “Nazism provided undeniably the savior of Germany”. The point that one needs to highlight is that Nazism was and is yet the basic ideological model of the Indian fascists. It guided the ideas of Savarkar and Golwalkar.

Here one must point out that the fascist ideas of who an Indian is and the secular idea are both radically different. Also it must be noted that for the Indian fascists right from 1922 it is the idea of “Race Spirit” which guides their ideology and action. And what is this “Race Spirit”? It is the nothing but the “Caste Spirit” expressed as “Aryan Race Spirit”. It is thus that we ask: “What did this fictitious “Race spirit” now drunk on the Aryan-Hindu fantasy talk of?” It talks of the “Hindu nation” based on the imagined “Hindu race”. Now it is well known that it was Savarkar’s Essentials of Hindutva where Hindutva was invented as a racial category where the categories “Hinduness”, and “Hindudom” were created borrowed totally from European feudalism’s idea of “Christendom”.  That is why it is important to say that these ideas of “Hinduness”, and “Hindudom” came into the lexicon the Indian fascist movement from fascist Europe. The problem with the Indian fascists who want to prove that they are the only true and authentic Indians, is that almost all their ideas are borrowed by from the ideological cranium of the 19th and 20th century European right-wing. That is why we say that iIn no way can one claim that the idea of Hindutva is indigenous to Indian civilization. If the brutal form emerged from European fascism, the early Romantic version, especially as found in the works of Novalis and Friedrich Schlegel. Consider Novalis’s 1799 work Christianity or Europe:

 

Those were beautiful, magnificent times, when Europe was a Christian land, when one Christianity dwelled on this civilized continent, and when one common interest joined the most distant provinces of this vast spiritual empire without great worldly possessions one sovereign governed and unified the great political force. Immediately under him stood one enormous guild, open to all, executing his every wish and zealously striving to consolidated his beneficent power. Every member of this society was honored everywhere. If the common people sought from their clergyman comfort or help, protection or advice, gladly caring for his various needs in return, he also gained protection, respect and audience from his superiors. Everyone saw these elect men, armed with miraculous powers, as the children of heaven, whose mere presence and affection dispensed all kinds of blessings. Childlike faith bound the people to their teachings. How happily everyone could complete their earthly labors, since these holy men had safeguarded them a future life, forgave every sin, explained and erased every blackspot in this life. They were the experienced pilots on the great uncharted seas, in whose shelter one could scorn all storms, and whom one could trust to reach and land safely on the shores of the real paternal world.The wildest and most voracious appetites had to yield with honor and obedience to their words. Peace emanated from them. They preached nothing but love for the holy, beautiful lady of Christianity who, endowed with divine power, was ready to rescue every believer from the most terrible dangers.[3]

But it is important to note that Savarkar was no romanticist. What Savarkar did was that he took the Romantic idea of nationalism bereft of its modern and aesthetical sensibility. Thus while Savarkar’s work smacks of the unacknowledged borrowings from Novalis and Schlegel on the Romantic idea of nationalism, he most certainly cannot be compared to either of them. For Novalis and Schlegel the ideas of beauty and liberty stood central to their works. For them the political state had to be formed around the idea of beauty. The European Romantics wanted a unity of politics, identity and religion. Savarkar created the absolute identity between politics and racial-religion. What he did was that merely politicized in the right-wing sense, religious prejudices, and transformed these into the ideology of racial superiority.  But what he primarily did was he feudalized Indian nationhood—in fact feudalized it in a very Catholic Church type (and thus papal type) borrowed from feudal Europe. Thus what he did was transform feudal Europe’s idea of Christendom into the idea of Hindudom. Strictly speaking Hindudom is a total fiction. It has never existed, just as no “Hindu Church” ever existed. Savarkar continuously talked in Essentials of Hindutva of a “Buddhist Church”.  What Savarkar did was that he created a fantasy of “Hindutva” borrowed totally from the lens of feudal Europe. What Golwalkar and the RSS did was transform this fantasy into a phantasmagoria. Hindutva since Golwalkar was possessed by the spirits of the long dead. And just as commodities seized by these spirits (as in Marx’s Capital) began to dance, so too Hindutva since the late 1930s did their ghostly dancing. See one concrete fascistic ghost dancing:

 

Hinduism, once, used to extend over what is now Afghanistan, over Java, over Cambodia. Powerful Hindu India could reconquer these lands and give them back the pride of their Indian civilization. She could make Greater India once more a cultural reality, and a political one too….She could teach the fallen Aryans  of the West the meaning of their forgotten paganism; she could rebuild the cults of Nature, the cults of Youth and Strength, wherever they have been destroyed; she could achieve on a world-scale what Emperor Julian tried to do. And the victorious Hindus could erect a statue to Julian, somewhere in conquered Europe, on the border of the sea; a statue with an inscription, both in Sanskrit and in Greek: What thou hast dreamt, we have achieved.[4]

 

It must be noted that the above quote indicates imperialist ideas of Indian nationhood. For the Indian fascists, for its very existence, one must expand one’s national territories. The Nazis had talked of Lebensraum or “living space”. What one needs to do is to relate these imperialist fantasies with the modern idea of democracy where the ideas of liberty, equality and fraternity would guide citizenship. One should also emphasize how Ambedkar repeatedly claimed that this triad of democracy was not possible under Hinduism and that nationalism built on the idea of Hindutva would be disastrous.  If authentic democracy was not possible under Hinduism, under Hindutva the democratic ideas of liberty, equality and fraternity would soon be transformed into the fascist reality of infantry, artillery and cavalry.

            What one needs to emphasize is that the bourgeois state in its liberal stage claimed to be fascinated by liberty, though in actuality would not do anything about this.  Now in its fascist stage it is infantry, artillery and cavalry that would fascinate the bourgeois state. Once upon a time, the Indian liberals heralded the welfare state; now under the guidance of the Washington Consensus and the Breton Woods system of monetary management the fascist descendents of the liberals now unleash the warfare state that is being ready for not only external wars but basically civil war against Indian citizens.  And in this terrible evolution from liberty to artillery, the liberals would be dumbfounded. This is because their own aims of creating a welfare state, they could only preach and never practice. It is also because the Indian liberals were scared to even implement the basics of the programme of the Indian freedom movement. They thought that they would take refuge in the state, instead of going to the masses. But the Home Minister Amit Shah under whose personal supervision the CAA has been enacted will not allow them refuge in the state. This is because he wants to create a exodus of refugees fleeing the nation. For him “Hindu Raj” is the final goal. The CAA and the NRC is the final solution.   

“If Hindu Raj becomes a fact”, so Ambedkar so famously said then “it will, no doubt, be the greatest calamity for this country”.[5] The problem is that Hindu raj has become a reality and we are without doubts facing calamity. Why is this calamity? It is calamity because democracy which the people of India so hard fought has now been out on the altar of the destruction of reason and humanity.

            That is why we say that the Citizen’s Amendment Act is a mere ruse which in actuality is the Constitution Amendment Act or the Destruction of Constitution Act. The core of the Indian Constitution is the assertion of democracy especially the principles of equality, liberty and fraternity. And without doubts it has been the genius of Ambedkar to reflect these principles as well as to synthesize these. Now it is well known that equality and liberty have been having a tense relation and both the liberals and the 20th century socialists could not harmonize these.

            Etienne Balibar Masses, Classes, Ideas mentions this tension and says that one needs to invent the idea of “equa-liberty”.[6]  And it was Ambedkar who in his States and Minorities (some would say that this fantastic document is the philosophical basis if the Indian Constitution). Suspension of this radical idea of democracy where human freedom is its essence is that of the imagined “Race Spirit” searching for war with other imagined races. What this Act will do is that it will absolutely destroy the very idea of citizenship and bring in the idea of caste and re-order the caste system in new fascist lines. This is what caste looked like earlier:  

 

 

1.      Caste looked like enclosed class reified as a closed clan system with its parasitical bureaucratic system with its “clannish aloofness”.[7]  It is an “enclosed class” (from Ambedkar’s Castes in India) and as “warring gangs” (from his Annihilation of Caste). And as “warring gangs” and also as “semi-barbarian, semi-civilized communities” (to recall Marx)[8], the caste system manifests itself as a clan system, creating the structures of extreme hierarchy and the ideology of rank worship. Rank worship is the essence of the caste system. The totem of purity and the taboo of pollution rule its ideological guidelines, whilst economic and cultural stagnation are its two main pillars. The entire system of caste is based on “gradation of castes forming an ascending scale of reverence and a descending scale of contempt”[9]. What is important is that in this site of closure and hierarchy one heralds the principles of graded inequality (where various labouring- subaltern castes are unable to recognize their exploiter, but are themselves graded within themselves unequally) and division of labourers (where within the proletariat class  there is a marked internal division based on the ideology of caste-hierarchy)—which are recognized as the main markers of caste society—now are mobilized by fascism. Fascist politics perfects these principles of graded inequality and division of labourers. But it also perfects the principle of the castrated male who is bent on creating riots and wars.

2.        The second site is that caste appears as a form of racism, albeit of the South Asian variety, where the upper castes are understood as being of higher biological stock and the lower ones considered as inferior. For the India right-wing, this idea of caste as race forms the leitmotiv of its fascist politics. Both V.D. Savarkar and M.S. Golwalkar leaders of the Hindu Mahasabha and the RSS respectively based their right-wing politics on the idea of race and racial superiority. What we get now is the castrated male suffering from a form of racial superiority. I thereby claim that not only is it a peculiar system of class—or reified and ossified classes based on the ontology of segregation—but it is also equivalent to race in the South Asian sense. “Varna”, one must insist, means “colour”, and social classifications and stratification are according to race-inspired markers. Whether varna, as it appeared in Vedic literature, implied the ‘race’ perception of the early Vedic Indo-Iranian warrior tribes’ disdain for the dark skinned dasas and mlecchas of the Gangentic plain is debatable. But with the fusion of the Vedic fetishes with the fascist imagination since the 1920s the cocktail that we are making is only going to be a deadly one. As I said earlier on the Nazis were fond of Vedic literature, Himmler (as we noted earlier) was an avid reader of early Hinduism and had with him a leather bound version of the Gita. Caste, as we know it, has to be seen as a form of racism and casteism and its contemporary incarnation of communal form of racism. And that is why we insist again that casteism (at least in its modern bourgeois avtar) is equivalent to racism. And it is in this double-bind of class and race that we re-imagine caste and its process of its economic base of stratification, clannishness and fragmentation; and its ideological superstructure of superstition and rituals, whereby the upper caste elites govern through this very strange type of power and control. And if one wants to understand the basic classes in India, if one has to re-imagine the proletariat, one has to actively confront this very strange and uncanny apparatus. The uncanny (das Unheimlich), as we know from Freud is the feeling of dread and terror (1990). And since the fascist RSS has classified the Muslims in the same caste-like hierarchical manner, the importance of understanding and annihilating this uncanny and dreadful system is of extreme importance. 

3.      The last site is of neurosis-psychosis which creates cultural and political schizophrenia and the creation of the ideology of neurosis-psychosis and cultural and political schizophrenia. This form of cultural illness and the ideological superstructure which caste creates is unable to generate critical thinking and a democratic culture. The main thing that this new form of cultural illness does is that it breeds the contempt of other social groups. The creation of authoritarian fascist politics is an essential part of neurosis-psychosis. I am here bringing in the psychoanalytic concepts of neurosis and psychosis and then I am claiming that in late capitalism, neurosis (as the eternal recurrence of the self-same trauma) and psychosis (as the complete withdrawal from reality) reaches a new stage that I call “neurosis-psychosis”. In early capitalism neurosis and psychosis were separate phenomena. In late capitalism dictated by finance capitalism, we see a new stage of mental illness called “neurosis-psychosis”. Caste in this age of late capitalism perfects this strange phenomena called “neurosis-psychosis”. Like the neurotic return of the self-same trauma, caste is negated only to return once again. Marx’s celebrated statement that the Indian “self-sufficient communities that constantly reproduce themselves in the same form, and when accidently destroyed, spring up again on the spot and with the same name”[10] is understood in this neurotic understanding of caste. The idea of the caste system as “a sort of equilibrium, resulting from a general repulsion and constitutional exclusiveness, resulting between all its members”[11] fits in Marx’s theory of alienation, whilst the idea of the “wild aimless, unbounded forces of destruction”[12], fits in the theory of “neurosis-psychosis”.

 

Now with the state shedding of all pretensions of democracy and taking lines of fascist exclusion with their detention camps and attacks on universities it will take a form which would be totally disastrous. One will have to act and not pretend that nothing will happen. It is in this sense that we recall Martin Niemoller’s anti-fascist poem that he wrote in Nazi Germany, First they Came….:

First they came for the Communists, and I did not speak out—
Because I was not a Communist.

Then they came for the Trade Unionists, and I did not speak out—
Because I was not a Trade Unionist.

Then they came for the Jews, and I did not speak out—
Because I was not a Jew.

Then they came for me—and there was no one left to speak for me.

One should learn from history. When in 1918 a distant parent of Covid-19 entered the scene of history calling itself the “Spanish flu”, the Bolsheviks did not go along with the liberals and proto-fascists saving so-called “humanity” from this dreaded flu. It is very simple. Flu, like sickness in general, is woven in the belly of the capitalist mode of production. When the patient Monsieur Capital is terminally sick, and in this sickness creates riots, wars and diseases, there is no use sanitizing ourselves, washing our hands endlessly, wishing that this terrible Monsieur does not come close to us.  For Monsieur Capital is not merely close to all of us, he is sitting on our heads, his hands are in our pockets and if we do not throw Monsieur Capital away, he will go beyond sitting on our heads with his hands merely in our pockets.  

 



[1]B.R. Ambedkar, ‘Reply to the Mahatma’, in The Essential Writings of B.R. Ambedkar, ed. Valerian Rodrigues (New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2008), p.319.

[2]  See Shamsul Islam, Golwalkar’s We our Nation Defined. A Critique with the Full Text of the Book (New Delhi: Pharos Media, 2006), p. 14

[3]  Novalis, ‘Christianity or Europe. A Fragment’, in The Early Political Writings of the German Romantics, ed. Frederick C. Beiser (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996), p. 61-2.

[4] Savitri Devi, Warning to the Hindus (Calcutta: Hindu Mission, 1939), p. 142. Also see my ‘In Defence of Marxism’, in Critique, Vol. 40, No. 1, February 2012.

[5] B.R. Ambedkar, Pakistan or the Partition of of India, Dr Babasaheb Ambedkar. Writings and Speeches, Vol. 8 (Bombay Education Department, Government of Maharashtra, 1990), p. 358.

[6] Etienne Balibar, Masses, Classes, Ideas. Studies on Politics and Philosophy Before and After Marx, trans. James Swenson (New York and London, Routledge, 1994), pp. XII, XIII.

[7]See his The Culture and Civilization of Ancient India in Historical Outline (New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House, 2000), p. 50.

[8] Karl Marx, ‘The British Rule in India’, p. 40.

[9] See B.R. Ambedkar, ‘The Political Rights of the Depressed Classes’, in Thus Spoke Ambedkar. Vol. I. A Stake in the Nation,  p. 21.

[10] Karl Marx Capital, Vol. I, p. 338-9

[11] Karl Marx, ‘The Future Results of the British Rule in India’, in On Colonialism (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1976), p. 81.

[12] Karl Marx, ‘The British Rule in India’, p.41.

Belgium’s colonial crimes in the Congo. A duty to remember

$
0
0

Thanks to the Black Lives Matter mobilizations against racism in general, and racism against black people in particular, becoming an international phenomenon more and more people are seeking to know the truth about the dark past of the colonial powers and the continuation of neo-colonialism up to the present times. Statues of emblematic figures of European colonialism are being debunked or are the subject of salutary denunciations. The same is true of statues of people who in the United States symbolize slavery and racism. The CADTM welcomes all initiatives and actions that aim to denounce colonial crimes, seek to establish the truth about past atrocities, highlight the instruments of neo-colonialism and all forms of resistance from the past to the present. We are republishing here a text by Eric Toussaint which was used in 2007 as a presentation to a conference and then as a preface to a book entitled Promenade au Congo : petit guide anticolonial de Belgique published in 2010, now out of print.

Historical context of the colonization of the Congo

At the end of the 18th century, over a hundred years before the Congo was colonized by Leopold II, the thirteen British colonies in North America, were liberated from the British crown after fighting a war of independence. As a result the United States of America was created in 1776. In other parts of the globe such as South-East Asia and India the British Empire reinforced its colonial grip, which it maintained into the middle of the 20th century (see https://www.cadtm.org/Globalization-from-Christopher-Columbus-and-Vasco-da-Gama-until-today). The Dutch reinforced their domination over Indonesia. Liberation movements were not limited to recently arrived colonists of European stock. The courageous people of Haiti, direct descendants from Africans, won their independence from French domination in 1804. Over the following twenty years Latin America went through a phase of wars of independence led by revolutionaries such as Simon Bolivar, who succeeded in defeating the Spanish troops who were dominating much of the continent.

At that time Sub-Saharan Africa was hardly colonized by the Europeans even if it was subjected to the effects of the colonizations on the other continents, being the principal victim of the Triangular trade and slave transportation. Between the 17th century and the middle of the 19th century tens of millions of Africans were pressed into slavery and transported to the Americas.

It was in the last quarter of the 19th century that Sub-Saharan Africa fell under the boot of European colonization: mainly British, French, German, Portuguese and in the case of the Congo, Belgian.

Léopold II, second King of the Belgians wanted his country to have a colony too

When Leopold II came to the throne of Belgium in 1865 he wanted his country to have a colony too, just like the others. Before becoming King, Léopold II had seen how colonialism worked in many regions: in Ceylon, India, Burma, Indonesia and he had particularly liked how it was done in Java, Indonesia by the Dutch, this became his guiding example, an example based on forced labour.

He had considered colonizing a part of Argentina and then looked at the Philippines but the price that Spain asked was too high. Finally he decided to get holdof the Congo basin. To do this he had to be crafty so as to avoid conflict with the other European powers that were already present in the area and might not favourably view a new arrival wanting a piece of the cake.

In the 19th century the Europeans justified their colonial policies with arguments of Christianizing the pagans, introducing free trade (still a current discourse) and in Sub-Saharan Africa, putting an end to the Arabs’ slave trade.

“To open up to civilisation the last remaining region of the globe where it has yet to penetrate, to throw back the shadows still enveloping entire populations, is, I dare to say, a crusade worthy of this century of progress”.
Léopold II, King of the Belgians

In 1876, Leopold II organized in Brussels an International Geographical Conference with an objective that was quite coherent with the spirit of the time “To open up to civilization the last remaining region of the globe where it has yet to penetrate, to throw back the shadows still enveloping entire populations, is, I dare to say, a crusade worthy of this century of progress (…) It seems to me that Belgium, a central and neutral state, would be the right place to hold this reunion (…) Must I reassure you that when I called you all here to Brussels I was not motivated by Selfishness? No, gentlemen, Belgium may be a small country but it is happy and contented with her condition: my sole ambition is to serve it well”. He goes on to explain to the great explorers that he had gathered there that the objective of the International Geographical Conference was to build roads to reach the hinterlands, and to set up pacifying medical and scientific stations which would be the means of abolishing slavery and of creating harmony between Chiefs as they brought just and unbiased arbitration. That was the official discourse

Shortly afterwards he engaged the British explorer Henry Morton Stanley, who had just crossed Africa from East to West by following the Congo River to its estuary / embouchure.

The Berlin conference and the creation of the Congo Free State (CFS)

In 1885 at the Berlin conference, after much diplomatic manoeuvring, Léopold II obtained authorization to create an independent Congolese State which became known as the Congo Free State. In his closing speech to the conference Chancellor Bismark said “The new state of the Congo will one day be a prime example of what we wish to achieve, and I express my deepest wishes for its rapid development and the realisation of the noble desires of its illustrious creator”.

“The new state of the Congo will one day be a prime example of what we wish to achieve”.
Bismark, Chancellor of the German Empire

Although he gave great speeches in great conferences Léopold II had a very different discourse elsewhere: in documents he sent to his delegates in CFS whose task was to extract the profits, or his declarations to the press. For example, in an interview with Leopold II which appeared in the New York paper Publisher’s Press on 11 December 1906 – twenty years after the Berlin conference - he said “When dealing with a race made up of cannibals for thousands of years, it is necessary to use methods that shake their laziness and make them understand the healthy aspects of work”.

“When dealing with a race made up of cannibals for thousands of years, it is necessary to use methods that shake their laziness”.
Léopold II, roi des Belges

As from the moment in 1885 when Leopold II could create from nothing the Congo Free State as his own personal state he issued a first decree that declared all unexploited land as state property. He grabbed the land even though the reason for creating the CFS was to allow the chiefs to enter into agreements and to defend themselves against the Arab slave traders. With Stanley’s help, he passed a series of treaties with Congolese tribal chieftains by which the lands of their villages and of their territories came under the control of the head of State of CFS, Leopold II. Other lands, which were immense territories, were declared vacant and so also became the property of the CFS

The Javanese model as applied by Belgium’s Leopold II in the Congo

At this point Leopold II used the model applied by the Low Countries in Java to his country’s exploitation of the Congo: he systematically exploited the population, succeeding in dominating it particularly thanks to the creation of the ‘Force Publique’, requiring of said population the harvesting of latex (natural rubber), elephant tusks, and provision of the necessary food supplies to the colonizers. The king granted himself a monopoly on almost all Congolese activities and sources of wealth. His model involved harvesting a maximum of the Congo’s natural resources by strategies which have nothing in common with modern methods of industrial production. Indeed, the agenda compelled the Congolese population to harvest latex to fulfil a certain quota per capita, and to hunt in order to gather enormous quantities of elephant tusks. Leopold II maintained a colonial force with an army mainly consisting of Congolese but with Belgian officers, in order to impose respect for the colonial order and for the obligatory supply systems. He made systematic use of horrifyingly brutal methods. So much rubber was required per head. In order to compel village chiefs and other men to go and harvest, their women were imprisoned in concentration camps, where, regularly, they were sexually abused by colonists or by Congolese from the Force Publique. If the required results and quantities were not reached, people were killed ‘as an example’, or mutilated. Photographs from that era show the victims of such mutilations, and these photographs reveal a specific purpose. Force Publique soldiers had to prove that every cartridge had been used appropriately, and cutting hands was done with machetes and did not require shooting.

The vision and the political strategy of Leopold II, king of the Belgians, representative of the country’s and of the people’s interests, were illustrative of a colonialist approach of extreme brutality. Moreover, on the subject of this policy, he states, To claim that all white-generated production in the country must be spent only in Africa and in order to generate profit for the blacks is pure heresy, an injustice, an error which, if actually implemented, would bring to a standstill the march of civilization in the Congo. The State, which could only have become a State with the active support of the whites, must be useful to the two races and allocate to each its fair share.
Clearly, the share for the Congolese is forced labour, the leather whip and severed hands.

“To claim that all white-generated production in the country must be spent only in Africa and in order to generate profit for the blacks is pure heresy”, Leopold II

On the subject of unrestrained exploitation of natural rubber resources, I shall only mention a few figures: rubber harvesting begins in 1893, and is linked to the demand for tyres by the early automotive industry and the development of the bicycle. Production figures show 33,000 kilos of rubber in 1895; 50,000 kilos in 1896; 278,000 kilos in 1897; 508,000 kilos in 1898… Such huge harvests generated huge benefits for private companies created by Leopold II, who was also their main shareholder, to manage the exploitation of the Congo Free State. The price of a kilo of rubber at the mouth of the Congo River is 60 times less than the market price in Belgium. One is reminded of the current issue of the price of diamonds or coltan (columbite-tantalum) mined today.

The international campaign against the crimes committed in the Congo by Leopold II of Belgium

This policy eventually triggered an enormous international campaign against the crimes perpetrated by the regime of Leopold II. Black pastors in the United States were protesting against this situation, then were joined by British activist E.D. Morel. Morel worked for a British company in Liverpool, and was regularly called on to travel to Antwerp. He observed that while Leopold II claimed that Belgium was undertaking commercial exchanges with the Congo Free State, ships were returning from the Congo with cargoes of elephant tusks and thousands of kilos of rubber, and the return cargoes were mainly arms and foodstuffs for the colonial forces. Morel considered this to be a very strange kind of trade, a strange kind of exchange. At the time, those Belgians supporting Leopold II never acknowledged this truth. They declared that Morel represented the interests of British imperialism and only criticized the Belgians in order to take their place. Paul Janson, a member of parliament who gave his name to the main auditorium of the Free University of Brussels, declared, I shall never criticize the actions of Leopold, because those who criticize him, especially the British, do so only in the spirit of ‘move over and make room for us’.

However, criticism grew, with books such as Joseph Conrad’s Heart of Darkness, and The Crime of the Congo, a too-little known work by Arthur Conan Doyle, the creator of Sherlock Holmes. An international campaign against the exploitation of the Congo generated demonstrations in the United States and also in Great Britain, finally producing results. Leopold found himself obliged to set up an international commission of enquiry in 1904, which met on the spot, in the Congo, to take evidence. The testimonies received there are overwhelming. They are available in manuscript form in the Belgian state archives.

We now have a duty to remember the crimes against humanity committed in the Congo

During the last twenty years, many conferences have been held and books published to denounce the type of state established in the Congo by Leopold II, King of Belgium. In short, an ample corpus of serious literature has now been added to the documentation of the period.

From this we learn, for example, that the portion of the Congo Free State’s budget destined to cover military expenses varied, year in, year out, between 38% and 49% of total expenditure. This demonstrates the importance of the leather whip, the importance of modern guns in establishing a dictatorship making systematic use of the weapons of brutality and assassination….

One may consider it a certainty that the King of the Belgians, and the Congo Free State, which he ran with the agreement of the Belgian government and parliament of the time, are responsible for ‘crimes against humanity’ deliberately committed. These crimes are not blunders, they are the direct result of the type of exploitation to which the Congolese population was subjected. Some prominent authors have spoken of ‘genocide’. I propose not to create a debate focused on this issue because it is difficult to agree on figures. Some serious authors estimate the Congolese population in 1885 to have been around 20 million, and write that in 1908 when Leopold II transferred the Congo to Belgium, thus creating the Belgian Congo, there remained 10 million Congolese. These estimates by reputable authors are, however, difficult to verify in the absence of a population census.

… it is certain that Leopold II, King of the Belgians, is responsible for ‘crimes against humanity,’ deliberately committed

Whether Leopold’s colonial activity resulted in millions or in tens of thousands or hundreds of thousands of innocent victims, it would not change the fact that this was a case of crimes against humanity, and this is fundamental to re-establish the historical truth. Citizens, and notably the young, entering the town hall in the city of Liège, or going from the rue du Trône to the place Royale in Brussels, pass a plaque saluting the work of colonization, or pass by the equestrian statue of Leopold II. Citizens pass the statue of Leopold II erected on the Ostend sea-front. They see a majestic Leopold II with, at a lower level, grateful Congolese extending their grateful hands towards him. The only commentary there commemorates the civilizing role of Leopold in the liberation of the Congolese from the slave trade… It is urgent to re-establish historical truth, to stop telling lies to our children, stop lying to Belgian citizens, stop insulting the memory of the victims, and of their descendants, and of those descendants of the Congolese who were subjected in body and in spirit to truly terrible domination.

This duty of remembrance must be undertaken elsewhere too. Let’s avoid any debate along the lines of ‘All you do is criticize Belgium and say nothing about what’s going on in other places’. Indeed the wider context is mentioned at the beginning of this paper: Britain dominated South Asia with extreme brutality ; the Low Countries dominated the populations of Indonesia with great violence; before that, three-quarters of the population of what was then called ‘the Americas’ had been exterminated and, in the Caribbean, around 100% in the course of the 16th and 17th century. The Belgian state certainly has no monopoly on brutality, but we are in Belgium and for us Belgian citizens, along with our Congolese friends, and with nationals from other countries now living in Belgium, it is fundamental that we not forget, and that we restore the historic truth.

Translated by Kate Armstrong, Mike Krolikowski and Christine Pagnoulle.

Source CADTM->https://www.cadtm.org/Belgium-s-colonial-crimes-in-the-Congo-A-duty-to-remember].

P.S.

If you like this article or have found it useful, please consider donating towards the work of International Viewpoint. Simply follow this link: Donate then enter an amount of your choice. One-off donations are very welcome. But regular donations by standing order are also vital to our continuing functioning. See the last paragraph of this article for our bank account details and take out a standing order. Thanks.

স্তালিন ও অক্টোবর বিপ্লবঃ একটি দলিল ভিত্তিক আলোচনা

$
0
0

 

কুণাল চট্টোপাধ্যায়   

 

আইজ্যাক ডয়েটশার স্তালিনের জীবনী রচনা করতে গিয়ে বলেছিলেন, অক্টোবর অভ্যুত্থানের সময়ে স্তালিনের অনুপস্থিতি এক অদ্ভূত কিন্তু অনস্বীকার্য তথ্য।[1] কিন্তু স্তালিন যুগে স্তালিনের প্রত্যক্ষ অংশগ্রহণে লেখা হিস্ট্রি অফ দ্য সি পি এস ইউ বি শর্ট কোর্সে বলা হয়েছে, যে অক্টোবর অভ্যুত্থানের দায়িত্বে ছিল স্তালিনের নেতৃত্বাধীন একটি পার্টি কেন্দ্র।[2] এই মত পুরো না হলেও, এদেশের বামপন্থী মহলে অনেকটাই গৃহীত। তাই দলিলের ভিত্তিতে দেখা হবে, ১৯১৭ সালে, ও বিশেষ করে সেপ্টেম্বর –অক্টোবরে স্তালিনের বাস্তব ভূমিকা কি ছিল?

স্তালিনের সামনে আসা, পিছনে হঠাঃ পার্টি কংগ্রেস থেকে অগাস্টের শেষ

কার্যত গোটা ১৯১৭ সালেই স্তালিনের ভূমিকা ছিল সীমিত। দরবারী ইতিহাসবিদরা ১৯২০-র দশকের শেষদিক থেকে সেটা বাড়িয়ে তোলার চেষ্টা করলেও, দলিল তা দেখায় না। এই প্রবন্ধে সবটা আলোচনার স্থান নেই। শেষ দিকটা নিয়েই বেশী আলোচনা করব। আমাদের কাছে জুলাই থেকে যে তথ্য, তা দেখায় পার্টি কংগ্রেসে গুরুত্বপূর্ণ ভূমিকা থাকলেও, এর পর স্তালিনের ভূমিকা সংকুচিত হয়।   

জুলাইয়ের দিন বলে পরিচিত ঘটনা বলশেভিক দলকে সাময়িক এক বিপদের দিকে ঠেলে দেয়, যদিও আমরা আজ সেটাকে সাময়িক বললেও, সেই সময়ে বিপদ বেশ বড়মাপের বলেই মনে হয়েছিল। জুলাইয়ের দিনগুলির ফলে স্তালিন একসময়ে একেবারে সামনের সারিতে আসেন। ষষ্ঠ পার্টি কংগ্রেসে স্তালিনের উপর গুরুত্বপূর্ণ দায়িত্ব ছিল। কিন্তু আপাতত আমাদের একটাই গুরুত্বপূর্ণ ঘটনা দেখতে হবে। শেষের দিকে এক রুদ্ধদ্বার অধিবেশন। কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি নির্বাচিত হলে, প্রশ্ন ওঠে, এই দমনপীড়নের সময়ে কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির নাম প্রকাশ করা হবে কি না। প্রতিনিধিরা স্থির করেন প্রকাশ্যে নামগুলি ঘোষণা করা ঠিক হবে না। কিন্তু তাঁরা একথাও মনে করেন যে কোনো কথা না বলা ঠিক না। তাই অর্ঝনিকিজে প্রস্তাব করেন যে চারজন সর্বোচ্চ ভোট পাবেন তাদের নাম প্রকাশ করা হবে।[3] এই নামগুলি হল লেনিন (১৩৪ জন ভোট সহ প্রতিনিধির মধ্যে ১৩৩ ভোট পেয়েছিলেন), জিনোভিয়েভ (১৩২), কামেনেভ এবং ট্রটস্কী (দুজনেই ১৩১)। কংগ্রেসের কার্যবিবরণীর ১৯৫৮র সংস্করণ অনেকগুলি নাম বাদ দিয়েছিল, কারণ সম্ভবত তাঁরা পরে স্তালিনের বিরোধী ছিলেন এবং অনেককেই পরে হত্যা করা হয়েছিল।[4]১৯১৭ সালে এটা তাৎপর্যপূর্ণ যে লেনিনের ঘোষিত বিরোধী কামেনেভ, এবং দলে নবাগত ট্রটস্কী, কংগ্রেসে এত ভোট পেলেন। এটা দেখায়, দল ও শৃঙ্খলা সম্পর্কে স্তালিনের চিন্তা দলের চিন্তা ছিল না, এবং নেতৃত্ব নির্বাচনে জনপ্রিয়তার ভিত্তি অন্যরকম ছিল।  

দমনপীড়ন চালু থাকা, ট্রটস্কী কারারুদ্ধ থাকা, লেনিন ও জিনোভিয়েভ কবে প্রকাশ্যে ফিরবেন তা অনিশ্চিত থাকা, এই সবের ফলে এবং কামেনেভের বিরুদ্ধে পুলিশের সঙ্গে সহযোগিতা করার অভিযোগ ওঠায় ( তিনি জেল থেকে ছাড়া পেলেও, অগাস্টের শেষ অবধি তদন্ত চলায় তিনি নেতৃত্বে ছিলেন না), অগাস্ট মাসে স্তালিন গুরু দায়িত্ব পেয়েছিলেন। কিন্তু তিনি গোটা অগাস্ট জুড়ে কি কি কাজ করেছিলেন সেটা অনিশ্চিত। ধীরে ধীরে গণ আন্দোলন আবার মাথা তোলে। কিন্তু ১৯২৪ সালে ইস্টপার্ট (পার্টির ইতিহাসের দপ্তর) চার খন্ড একটি ঘটনা ও তার প্রতিবেদনের সংকলন প্রকাশ করেছিল। সেটির উল্লেখ করে ট্রটস্কী পরে লেখেন, অগাষ্ট-সেপ্টেম্বরের জন্য যে নির্ঘন্ট, তাতে প্রায় ৫০০ নামের মধ্যেও স্তালিনের নাম পাওয়া যায় না। সেই দুমাসের নানা লড়াইয়ে যারা অংশগ্রহণ করেছিলেন, তারাও স্তালিনের নাম উল্লেখ করেন নি।[5] 

১৯১৭-র অগাস্ট দলিলের দিক থেকে উল্লেখযোগ্য, কারণ ৪ঠা অগাস্টের কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সভা থেকে ১৯১৮র গোড়ার দিকের মাসগুলি অবধি, কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির কার্যবিবরণী মোটামুটি যত্ন করে নেওয়া হয়েছিল, এবং সেগুলি প্রকাশিতও হয়েছিল। এছাড়া আছে স্তালিনের লেখা। কিন্তু প্রাভদা (এই সময়ে নানা নামে প্রকাশিত) তে তাঁর সব লেখাতে নিজের নাম নেই। ৬ সেপ্টেম্বর প্রথম K. St.  সইয়ে লেখা বেরোয়। ৯ সেপ্টেম্বর K. Stalin, ১২ সেপ্টেম্বর K। কেন্দ্রীয় পার্টি মুখপত্রের সম্পাদক, অথচ তিনি কোনো প্রবন্ধ লিখলেন না, যা নতুন পরিস্থিতিতে কাজ কি তার দিশা দেখাবে, নতুন প্রশ্ন তুলবে, ব্যাপক বিপ্লবী শ্রমিকের মধ্যে নতুন স্লোগান তুলে দেবে।   

কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির ৪ঠা অগাস্টের সভায় স্থির হয়, ১১জন সদস্যের ছোটো একটি কমিটি প্রতিদিনের কাজ চালাবে।[6] ৫ই অগাস্ট ঐ কমিটির সদস্যদের নাম স্থির করা হয়। এতে স্তালিন এবং সভের্দলভের নাম ছিল। আর ছিল সোকোলনিকভ, ঝারঝিনস্কি, মিলিউটিন, উরিতস্কি, ইয়ফ, মুরানভ, বুবনভ, স্তাসোভা, এবং শাউমিয়ানের নাম (এর মধ্যে শাউমিয়ান রাজধানীতে আসার আগে অবধি স্মিলগার নাম করা হয়)। উলামের মতে এই কমিটি ছিল পলিটবুরো।[7]কথাটা সম্ভবত ভ্রান্ত। মানা যায় না একাধিক কারণে। পরবর্তীকালে পলিটবুরোতে থাকতেন সবচেয়ে প্রামান্য নেতারা। এই কমিটি তাৎক্ষণিক কাজ চালাবার জন্য তৈরি। একদিকে এতে লেনিন বা জিনোভিয়েভ পর্যন্ত ছিলেন না, ছিলেন না ট্রটস্কী। অন্যদিকে বলা হচ্ছে, শাউমিয়ান রাজধানীতে আসা অবধি এই কমিটিতে থাকবেন না, তার জায়গায় থাকবেন স্মিলগা। আর, এই ছোটো কমিটি কার্যত ২৩শে অগাস্টের পর ার কাজ করেছিল এমন নথীই নেই।  

৬ অগাস্টের কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি সভায় একটি সেক্রেটারিয়েট গড়ার সিদ্ধান্ত নেওয়া হয়।[8]এতে ছিলেন পাঁচজন সদস্য – সভের্দলভ, ঝারঝিনস্কি, ইয়ফ, মুরানভ, স্তাসোভা। স্পষ্টত, স্তালিনের চেয়ে সভের্দলভ এই সময়ে অনেক গুরু দায়িত্বে ছিলেন।

৪ঠা অগাস্ট একটি সিদ্ধান্ত নেওয়া হয়, পার্টির প্রকাশনাদের সম্পর্কে। সরকারী আক্রমণের ফলে প্রাভদা বন্ধ হয়ে গিয়েছিল। কিন্তু পার্টির সামরিক কমিটির পত্রিকা সোলদাত প্রকাশিত হচ্ছিল। আর পেত্রোগ্রাদ কমিটি নিজস্ব পত্রিকার দাবী তুলছিল। স্থির হয়, বর্তমান পরিস্থিতিতে শহরে একটিই পত্রিকা থাকবে, এবং সোলদাত-কে কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির পত্রিকা করা হবে। সম্পাদকমন্ডলী হবেন স্তালিন, সোকোলনিকভ এবং মিলিউটিন। ট্রটস্কীকে সদস্য করার প্রস্তাব আসে, কিন্তু ১১-১০ ভোটে তা নাকচ হয়। কিন্তু ৪ঠা সেপ্টেম্বর জামিনে  মুক্ত হলে ট্রটস্কী কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সভায় আসেন এবং তাঁকে সেই সভা থেকে সম্পাদকমন্ডলীর সদস্য করা হয়, যদিও কার্যত সোভিয়েতে ও জনসভাতেই তাঁর সময় কাটত। পার্টির তাত্ত্বিক পত্রিকা প্রসভেশ্চেনিয়ের সম্পাদকমন্ডলীতেও থাকে স্তালিনের নাম। কিন্তু ৬ই সেপ্টেম্বর স্তালিন এবং রিয়াজানভের পরিবর্তে আনা হয় ট্রটস্কী ও কামেনেভকে। অর্থাৎ, জেলে আটক সদস্যরা বেরোনোর পরে স্তালিনের ভূমিকা কমতে থাকে।

ইতিমধ্যে সামরিক কমিটির সঙ্গে সংঘাত বাধে। ১৩ই অগাস্ট কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি স্তালিনকে দায়িত্ব দেয়, সোলদাত যে কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি নিয়ে নিচ্ছে, সে কথা সামরিক কমিটিকে জানাতে।[9]ঐ দিনই সামরিক কমিটির সঙ্গে স্তালিনের বৈঠক হয়। সামরিক কমিটি ১৫ই একটি আনুষ্ঠানিক অভিযোগ করে স্তালিনের তীব্র সমালোচনা করে ও বলে, কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির পরিবর্তনের পর থেকে একধরণের অদ্ভুত দমনপীড়ন চলছে। “সামরিক সংগঠনের কেন্দ্রীয় বুরো কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির কাছে দাবী করছে, দুই সংস্থার সম্পর্ক স্বাভাবিক করার...।[10]

বলা যায়, ১৯১৭ সালেই, পরবর্তী যুগের ছায়া দেখা গিয়েছিল। কিন্তু এটা ১৯১৭ ছিল। তাই দেখা গেল, কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি সমস্যা মেটানোর জন্য সভের্দলভ ও ঝারঝিনস্কিকে দায়িত্ব দিল। পরে যখন অক্টোবরে অভ্যুত্থানের পরিকল্পনা হয়, তখন সামরিক কমিটির সঙ্গে স্তালিনের কোনো যোগসূত্র ছিল না।  

কর্নিলভের বিদ্রোহ ও স্তালিনের মত ও ভূমিকাঃ

১২ অগাস্ট থেকে মস্কোতে রাষ্ট্রীয় সম্মেলন শুরু হল। ১৫ই স্তালিন লিখলেন, “ঘটনা এগোচ্ছে একটি সামরিক একনায়কতন্ত্রের প্রতিষ্ঠা ও আইনীকরণের দিকে”।[11] কিন্তু মস্কোতে ঐ সম্মেলনের সময় থেকেই জেনারাল কর্নিলভ এবং প্রধানমন্ত্রী কেরেনস্কীর মধ্যে পার্থক্য এবং দুজনের সমর্থনের ভিত্তির পার্থক্য দেখা যাচ্ছিল। স্তালিনের কাছে এই পার্থক্য ছিল গৌণ, এবং এই পার্থক্য প্রকাশ্যে এলে বিপ্লবী দল ও শ্রেণী কি করতে পারবে তা নিয়ে তিনি বিশেষ ভাবেন নি। ২৮শে অগাস্ট নাম না লেখা একটি সম্পাদকীয়তে তিনি এই দ্বন্দ্ব সম্পর্কে লিখলেনঃ

“এখন জোট সরকার এবং কর্নিলভের দলের মধ্যে যে লড়াই চলছে সেটা বিপ্লব ও প্রতিবিপ্লবের মধ্যে প্রতিদ্বন্দ্বিতা নয়, ভিন্ন ভিন্ন ধরণের প্রতিবিপ্লবী নীতির দ্বন্দ্ব”।[12] অর্থাৎ, একদিকে দ্বন্দ্বটা কতদূর এগিয়েছিল, সেটার পুরো তাৎপর্য ধরতে তিনি ব্যর্থ হয়েছিলেন। অন্যদিকে, এই সংকটে শ্রমিক শ্রেণী ও বলশেভিক দল কি করতে পারে তা নিয়েও কোনো ভাবনা ছিল না। এর বিপরীতে আমরা দেখতে পাই লেনিন বা ট্রটস্কীর মত, যারা পার্টির নেতৃত্বে প্রলেতারীয় বিপ্লবের সূচনার কথা ভাবতে থাকেন।[13]

কর্নিলভের সঙ্গে কেরেনস্কীর সংঘাত সামনে এলে লেনিন কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটিকে পাঠানো একটি চিঠিতে প্রস্তাব করেন, নতুন অবস্থায় রণকৌশল পাল্টাতে হবে। কর্নিলভের বিরুদ্ধে লড়তে হবে, কিন্তু কেরেনস্কীকে সমর্থন না করে। এটা একটা সূক্ষ্ম তফাৎ, কিন্তু জরুরী। লেনিনের মতে, পার্টির দায়িত্ব হল কেরেনস্কীর দুর্বলতাকে প্রচারের মাধ্যমে সামনে এনে দেখানো, যাতে কর্নিলভের বিরুদ্ধে লড়াই থেকে কেরেনস্কীর বিরুদ্ধে লড়াইয়ের জন্য জনগণকে টানা যায়। এর জন্য দরকার আশু এবং নিঃশর্ত শান্তির আওয়াজ তোলা।[14]

ইতিমধ্যে পার্টির তদন্তে খালাস হয়ে কামেনেভ পুরোদমে রাজনৈতিক সক্রিয়তায় ফেরেন। ৩১ অগাস্ট সারা রাশিয়া সোভিয়েতদের কেন্দ্রীয় কার্যনির্বাহী কমিটির সভায় তিনি “ক্ষমতা প্রসঙ্গে” শীর্ষক একটি প্রস্তাব আনেন।[15] ৩১শে অগাস্ট পার্টির কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি, কেন্দ্রীয় কার্যনির্বাহী কমিটির বলশেভিক প্রতিনিধিরা, এবং পেত্রোগ্রাদ সোভিয়েতের বলশেভিক প্রতিনিধিরা মিলে একটি সভা করেন।[16]

কামেনেভের প্রস্তাব লেনিনের বক্তব্যের চেয়ে মোলায়েম হলেও, মেনশেভিক বা সোশ্যালিস্ট রেভল্যুশনারীদের মূলস্রোতের তুলনায় প্রবল বামপন্থী ছিল। তিনি প্রস্তাব করেন, উচ্চশ্রেণীর প্রতিনিধিদের, বিশেষ করে ক্যাডেট দলের প্রতিনিধিদের, ক্ষমতা থেকে হঠানো হোক, গণতান্ত্রিক সাধারণতন্ত্র ঘোষিত হোক, জমিদারদের জমিতে ব্যক্তি মালিকানার অবসান করে বিনা ক্ষতিপূরণে সেই জমি কৃষক কমিটিদের হাতে দেওয়া হোক, দেশ জুড়ে উৎপাদন ও বন্টনে শ্রমিকদের নিয়ন্ত্রণ আনা হোক, সব গোপন চুক্তি অবৈধ ঘোষিত হোক ও গণতান্ত্রিক শান্তির জন্য আহবান করা হোক। এ ছাড়া ছিল একগুচ্ছ আশু দাবী। বলশেভিক কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি কামেনেভের প্রস্তাব বিনা সংশোধনীতে গ্রহণ করে। সেই অধিবেশনে স্তালিন ছিলেন। কিন্তু সেদিন সন্ধ্যায় পরের অধিবেশনে তিনি ছিলেন না, যেমন তিনি ছিলেন না ৩রা সেপ্টেম্বরের অধিবেশনে।  

৩১শে অগাস্ট রাতে পেত্রোগ্রাদ সোভিয়েত কামেনেভের প্রস্তাব নিয়ে আলোচনা শুরু করে এবং ১লা সেপ্টেম্বর ভোরে প্রথমবার বলশেভিক প্রস্তাব সংখ্যাগরিষ্ঠতা লাভ করে। ২৮ শে অগাস্ট রাবোচি পুত-এ অস্বাক্ষরিত একটি সম্পাদকীয় প্রকাশিত হয়েছিল, যা পরে স্তালিন রচনাবলীতে রাখা হয়েছে। এর সঙ্গে কামেনেভের প্রস্তাবের অনেকটাই মিল আছে। তফাৎ হল তীক্ষ্ণতার অভাবে।  আর কামেনেভ সম্ভবত সরকারী ব্যবস্থা সম্পর্কে বেশী পরিচিত ছিলেন বলে আশু দাবীতে এমন কতকগুলি দাবী রেখেছিলেন যা স্তালিনের লেখায় ছিল না। কিন্তু মূল তফাৎ হল, লেখাটা নিয়ে কি করা হল। স্তালিনের সম্পাদকীয়তে লেখকের নামও ছিল না। আর সেটা পত্রিকায় মুদ্রণ ছাড়া কিছু করা হল না। কামেনেভ লড়াইটা নিয়ে গেলেন প্রতিপক্ষ শিবিরে। কিন্তু দুটো দলিলে এত মিল কীভাবে? কামেনেভ কি স্তালিনের সম্পাদকীয় থেকেই ধারণাটা পেয়েছিলেন? না কি স্তালিন কামেনেভের একটা খসড়া আগে পেয়ে সেটাকে প্রকাশ করেছিলেন? এর উত্তর আমাদের জানা নেই। কিন্তু যা জানা আছে তা হল, স্তালিন খোলাখুলি কামেনেভকে সমর্থন করেন নি। তাই যদি প্রাথমিক খসড়া স্তালিনের হয়েও থাকে, তিনি সামনে এসে তার দায়িত্ব নিলেন না।

ফলে সেপ্টেম্বর থেকে ক্রমেই স্তালিনের ভূমিকা সংকুচিত হতে থাকে।  স্তালিন ২৮শে অগাস্ট লিখেছিলেন, কর্নিলভের বর্তমান আক্রমণ সেনাবাহিনীর উপরমহলের চক্রান্তের ধারাবাহিকতা। কয়েকদিন পর তিনি আহবান করলেন, বুর্জোয়া ও জমিদারদের থেকে সরে এসে শ্রমিক ও কৃষকের সরকার গড়ার জন্য।[17] পার্টি যে বিপ্লবী প্রক্রিয়ার নেতৃত্বে এসে বলশেভিক রণনীতির ভিত্তিতে প্রলেতারীয় ক্ষমতা দখলের পথে এগোতে পারে, তার কোনো  স্পষ্ট স্বীকৃতি ছিল না।

১৫ই সেপ্টেম্বর কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির একটি গুরুত্বপূর্ণ সভা হয়। ১২ থেকে ১৪ সেপ্টেম্বরের মধ্যে লেনিন সিদ্ধান্তে পৌঁছেছিলেন যে পরিস্থিতি আবার পাল্টে গেছে, এবং পার্টিকে এবার ক্ষমতা দখলের দিকে এগোতে হবে। এই মর্মে তিনি কেন্দ্রীয় কমি্টি এবং পেত্রোগ্রাদ এবং মস্কো কমিটিকে একটি চিঠি লেখেন। এর পরেই শুধু কেন্দ্রীয় কমি্টিকে আর একটি চিঠি লেখেন।[18] কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির মিনিটস থেকে দেখা যায়, কামেনেভ সরাসরি লেনিনের প্রস্তাবকে বিপজ্জনক মনে করেছিলেন। আর স্তালিন লেনিনকে সরাসরি সমর্থন করেননি। তিনি প্রস্তাব করেন যে ঐ চিঠি পার্টির সব গুরুত্বপূর্ণ কমিটিদের কাছে তাদের মতামতের জন্য পাঠানো হোক। [19]

পরে এমেলিয়ান ইয়ারোস্লাভস্কি দাবী করেছিলেন, স্তালিন এই চিঠিগুলি পার্টির দিশা হিসেবে ব্যবহার করতে চেয়েছিলেন।[20] কিন্তু মিনিটস দেখায়, ইয়ারোস্লাভস্কি যেখানে guidance এর কথা বলেছেন, মিনিটস তা বলে নি, বলেছে নিছক আলোচনার কথা। উপরন্তু, পার্টির মুখপত্রের সম্পাদক হিসেবে স্তালিনের ভূমিকা প্রসঙ্গে রয় মেডভেডেভ দেখাচ্ছেন, পার্টির মুখপত্রে লেনিনের কোনো কোনো লেখা আদৌ মুদ্রিত হল না, কোনোটা কেটেছেঁটে প্রকাশিত হল। মেডভেডেভ লিখেছেন, ঃ “প্রাভদার পক্ষ থেকে এই ব্যবহার, এবং পার্টির উপর মহলে নির্দিষ্ট এক ধরণের “নরমপন্থা” তাঁর [লেনিনের] দিক থেকে গভীর প্রতিবাদের জন্ম দিল; তিনি এমনকি কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটিকে টপকে পার্টির বিভিন্ন সংগঠনের সঙ্গে কথা চালাচালি শুরু করলেন”।[21]

প্রাক পার্লামেন্টঃ

২১শে সেপ্টেম্বর কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সভায় প্রধান আলোচ্য বিষয় ছিল গণতান্ত্রিক সম্মেলন এবং প্রাক পার্লামেন্টে (যা ছিল আধা মনোনীত একটি সংস্থা) বলশেভিকরা থাকবেন কি না। লেনিন বয়কটের পক্ষে ছিলেন, কিন্তু কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি এবং গণতান্ত্রিক সম্মেলনে উপস্থিত বলশেভিক প্রতিনিধিদের সভায় কামেনেভ ও রাইকভের প্রস্তাব মেনে ৭৭-৫০ ভোটে প্রাক-পার্লামেন্টে যোগ দেওয়ার সিদ্ধান্ত নেওয়া হয়। দৃঢ়ভাবে বয়কটের পক্ষে বক্তব্য রেখে লেনিনের প্রকাশ্য সমর্থ পেলেন ট্রটস্কী।[22]

এই সময় থেকে কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটিতে ট্রটস্কীর প্রভাব বৃদ্ধি দেখা যায়। ২৩শে সেপ্টেম্বরের সভায় গণতান্ত্রিক সম্মেলন সম্পর্কে ট্রটস্কীর রিপোর্ট গ্রহণ করা হয়। ট্রটস্কী ও সোকোলনিকভকে গণতান্ত্রিক সম্মেলনের একটি কমিশনে বলশেভিক প্রতিনিধি মনোনীত করা হয়। প্রাক-পার্লামেন্টের সভাপতিমন্ডলীতে বলশেভিক সদস্য হিসেবে নাম দেওয়া হয় ট্রটস্কী, কামেনেভ ও রাইকভের। আরো দুটি ক্ষেত্রে তাঁকেই দায়িত্ব দেওয়া হয়।[23] এই দ্রুত উত্থানের এক প্রধান কারণ অবশ্যই ছিল লেখক এবং বক্তা হিসেবে তার দক্ষতা। ২৪ তারিখ কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সভায় স্থির হয়, পেত্রোগ্রাদ সোভিয়েতের নেতৃত্ব নির্বাচনে ট্রটস্কীকে সভাপতি এবং রাইকভকে সভাপতিমন্ডলীর সদস্য হিসেবে রাখা হবে।[24] আর প্রস্তাবিত দ্বিতীয় সোভিয়েত কংগ্রেসের কাজে সমন্বয়ের দায়িত্ব পড়ল সভের্দলভের উপরে।[25]

৭ই অক্টোবরের কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সভায় স্থির হয়, ট্রটস্কী, সভের্দলভ ও বুবনভ কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির একটি তথ্য বুরোতে থাকবেন এবং তাঁকে সংগঠিত করবেন, এবং এই বুরোর কাজ হবে প্রতিবিপ্লবের বিরুদ্ধে লড়াই করা।[26]ট্রটস্কী লিখেছেন, বুরোতে স্তালিনের নাম প্রস্তাব করা হয়েছিল, কিন্তু স্তালিন থাকতে চান নি, এবং তিনিই বুবনভের নাম প্রস্তাব করেন।[27]

এই “প্রতিবিপ্লবের বিরুদ্ধে লড়াই” ছিল অভ্যুত্থানের প্রস্তুতির প্রকাশ্য নাম। ট্রটস্কী এবং সভের্দলভের জোট ছিল খুবই ক্ষমতশালী, কারণ একজন ছিলেন পার্টির সবচেয়ে দক্ষ বক্তা ও অন্যতম সংগঠক আর অন্যজন নিঃসন্দেহে পার্টির সবচেয়ে দক্ষ সংগঠক। কমিটির বাইরে থেকে স্তালিন কার্যত ঘটনাপরম্পরা থেকে বিচ্ছিন্ন হয়ে পড়লেন। তবে রাবিনোউইচ প্রশ্ন তুলেছেন, এই কমিটি কতটা কার্যকর ছিল।[28]

১০ই অক্টোবর ও ১৬ই অক্টোবরের কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি সভাঃ

১০ই অক্টোবর কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সভায় ১২ জন সদস্য ছিলেন। এই প্রথম আত্মগোপনে থাকা অবস্থায় লেনিন সভায় এলেন। লেনিন, ট্রটস্কী, সভের্দলভ, কামেনেভ, জিনোভিয়েভ, স্তালিন, উরিতস্কি, ঝারঝিনস্কি, কোলোন্তাই, বুবনভ, সোকোলনিকভ, এবং লোমোভ(ওপোকভ) উপস্থিত ছিলেন। লেনিন সশস্ত্র অভ্যুত্থানের পক্ষে বক্তব্য রাখেন। ১০-২ ভোটে যে প্রস্তাব গৃহীত হল, তাতে বলা হল “সশস্ত্র অভ্যুত্থান অনিবার্য স্বীকার করে এবং তার সময় এসেছে স্বীকার করে, কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি প্রস্তাব করছে যে পার্টির সব সংগঠনকে এই স্বীকৃতি থেকে পরিচালিত হতে হবে, এবং সমস্ত প্রয়োগগত প্রশ্নের সিদ্ধান্ত নিতে হবে এই দৃষ্টিভঙ্গী থেকে...।[29]

এই সভাতে একটি পলিটবুরো নির্বাচিত হয়, যাতে ছিলেন লেনিন, জিনোভিয়েভ, কামেনেভ, ট্রটস্কী, স্তালিন, সোকোলনিকভ ও বুবনভ।  এই পলিটবুরোর সদস্যপদের ভিত্তিতেই পরে স্তালিনের সমর্থকরা দাবী করবেন, স্তালিন অভ্যুত্থানের এক কেন্দ্রীয় নায়ক, বা এমনকি একমাত্র কেন্দ্রীয় নায়ক ছিলেন। কিন্তু এই পলিটবুরো কি আদৌ কাজ করেছিল? কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির মিনিটসে তার কোনো প্রমাণ নেই। বরং আমরা দেখি, লেনিন আবার আত্মগোপন করলেন। জিনোভিয়েভ এবং কামেনেভ অভ্যুত্থানের বিরোধী ছিলেন। জিনোভিয়েভও আত্মগোপন করেন। পলিটবুরো যে একবারও সভা করে কোনো সিদ্ধান্ত নিয়েছিল তার কোনো প্রমাণ নেই।

১০ই এর সভা নীতিগত সিদ্ধান্ত নিলেও সেদিন উপস্থিত ছিলেন খুব কম সদস্য। আসেন নি এমন বেশ কয়েকজন সম্ভবত অভ্যুত্থানের বিরুদ্ধে থাকতেন – রাইকভ, নগিন, মিলিউটিন। ১৬ই যে সভা হল, তাতে কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সদস্যরা ছাড়াও ছিলেন পিটার্সবুর্গ কমিটির নেতারা, সামরিক সংগঠনের সদস্যরা, পেত্রোগ্রাদ সোভিয়েত, ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন, ফ্যাকটরী কমিটি, পেত্রোগ্রাদ আঞ্চলিক কমিটি, এবং রেল শ্রমিকদের প্রতিনিধিরা। লেনিন প্রথম রিপোর্ট দেন, এবং সভার শেষে তার প্রস্তাব গ্রহণের জন্য প্রবলভাবে লড়াই করেন। তিনি দেখাতে চান, কেবল রাশিয়া নয়, আন্তর্জাতিক পরিস্থিতির আলোকে সিদ্ধান্ত নিতে হবে অভ্যুত্থানের পক্ষে। সেক্রেটারিয়েটের পক্ষে সভের্দলভ বলেন, পার্টির সদস্য সংখ্যা বেড়ে হয়েছে ৪,০০,০০০ বা তার বেশী। তিনি প্রতিবিপ্লবী উদ্যোগের কথাও বলেন। স্তালিন লেনিনের সমর্থনে বক্তব্য রাখেন। ১৯-২ ভোটে, ৪ জন মতদানে বিরত থেকে, অভ্যুত্থানের প্রস্তুতি নেওয়ার সিদ্ধান্ত আবার উচ্চারিত হল। পাঁচ সদস্যের একটি সামরিক কেন্দ্র তৈরী হয়। এতে ছিলেন সভের্দলভ, স্তালিন, বুবনভ, উরিতস্কি ও ঝারঝিনস্কি।[30] কিন্তু এই কমিটি কাজ করবে সোভিয়েতের সামরিক বিপ্লবী কমিটির সঙ্গে, এই সিদ্ধান্ত নেওয়া হয়। স্তালিনের নাম এই কমিটিতে থাকায় এটি নিয়ে অনেক কথা বলা হয়েছে। কিন্তু এই কমিটি কোনো কাজ করেছিল তার দলিল, কারো সমসাময়িক স্মৃতিচারণ, কিছুই নেই। পরে, স্তালিনের সদস্যপদ দেখিয়ে দাবী করা হয়, এই কমিটিই অভ্যুত্থানের আসল কাজ করেছিল। কমিটি সোভিয়েতের সামরিক-বিপ্লবী কমিতির সঙ্গে কাজ করবে, এই কথা বলার অর্থ, সোভিয়েতের সভাপতি হিসেবে ট্রটস্কী ইতিমধ্যেই ঐ কাজের সঙ্গে যুক্ত। সোভিয়েত ইতিহাসবিদ আইজ্যাক মিন্টস দাবী করেছিলেন, পাশ্চাত্য ইতিহাসবিদরা ভুল বুঝেছেন, এবং এই কমিটিগুলিতে সদস্যপদ হল কে কে কোন কাজে রিপোর্ট করবেন তার একটা তালিকা।[31] কিন্তু মিন্টসের যুক্তি মানলেও, বাস্তব ঘটনা হল, এই দুই কমিটিতে থেকে স্তালিন কোনো উল্লেখযোগ্য ভূমিকা পালন করেছিলেন তার প্রমাণ মেলে না।

সামরিক বিপ্লবী কমিটি ও স্তালিনঃ

৯ই অক্টোবর পেত্রোগ্রাদ সোভিয়েতে ট্রটস্কির প্রস্তাবে প্রতিবিপ্লব ঠেকাতে একটি সামরিক-বিপ্লবী কমিটি গঠিত হয়। স্তালিনের এই সময়ের লেখাগুলিতে যে রণনীতি প্রস্তাবিত ছিল, তা হল দেশজুড়ে অভ্যুত্থান। সামরিক-বিপ্লবী কমিটির মাধ্যমে ট্রটস্কী এবং সভের্দলভ যেভাবে রাজধানীতে ক্ষমতা দখলের রণনীতি অনুসরণ করছিলেন, সেটা স্তালিনের কাছে স্পষ্ট ছিল, এমন কোনো প্রমাণ নেই।

ইতিমধ্যে, ১৮ অক্টোবর জিনোভিয়েভ ও কামেনেভ ম্যাক্সিম গোর্কির পত্রিকা নোভায়া ঝিঝন-এ একটি বিবৃতি দিয়ে অভ্যুত্থানের বিরোধিতা করেন। ক্রুদ্ধ লেনিন ১৯শে কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটিকে লেখা চিঠিতে বলেন এঁরা দুজন হলেন ধর্মঘট-ভাঙ্গা দালাল, যাদের পার্টি থেকে বহিষ্কার করা উচিত।[32]একই দিনে জিনোভিয়েভ রাবোচি পুত-এর কাছে একটি চিঠি পাঠান, যাতে তিনি দাবী করেন লেনিন মতভেদকে বাড়িয়ে দেখছেন। তিনি লেখেন, তিনি পেত্রোগ্রাদ সোভিয়েতে ট্রটস্কীর বক্তব্যকে সমর্থন করেন।[33] পেত্রোগ্রাদ সোভিয়েতে ট্রটস্কী জিনোভিয়েভ ও কামেনেভের চিঠির ফলে প্রশ্নের সামনে পড়েছিলেন, যে তিনি কোনো অভ্যুত্থানের পরিকল্পনা করছেন কি না। তিনি বলেন, সোভিয়েতের সিদ্ধান্ত সোভিয়েতের মাধ্যমে স্থির হবে। অর্থাৎ, তিনি পার্টি সম্পর্কে কোনো কথা না বলে এড়িয়ে গেলেন। সোভিয়েতের সভাতেই কামেনেভ, এবং চিঠির মাধ্যমে জিনোভিয়েভ, বিষয়টা গুলিয়ে দিতে চাইলেন, যেন পার্টিও কোনো পরিকল্পনা করে নি।

প্রধান সম্পাদক হিসেবে স্তালিনের দায়িত্ব ছিল, জিনোভিয়েভের বিবৃতি ছাপা হবে কি না সেটা ঠিক করা। তিনি সেটা শুধু ছাপলেন না, অস্বাক্ষরিত সম্পাদকীয় মন্তব্য দিলেন যে জিনোভিয়েভের বিবৃতি এবং সোভিয়েতে কামেনেভের উক্তির ফলে বোঝা যাচ্ছে, মূলগতভাবে সকলে এক মত। [34]  

২০ অক্টোবরের কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি সভা ছিল উত্তপ্ত। লেনিন তখনও লুকিয়ে। স্তালিনকে প্রকাশ্য সমালোচনা করেন ট্রটস্কী। তিনি বলেন জিনোভিয়েভের চিঠি ছাপা এবং সম্পাদকীয় নোটটি একেবারে গ্রহণযোগ্য নয়। তিনি আরো বলেন, কামেনেভ যে কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি থেকে ইস্তফা দিতে চাইছেন সেটা নেওয়া হোক।  স্তালিন এর উত্তরে বলেন, কামেনেভ ও জিনোভিয়েভ কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সিদ্ধান্ত মেনে চলবেন। এই সময়ে সম্পাদকমন্ডলীর অন্য সদস্য সোকোলনিকভ বলেন, জিনোভিয়েভের চিঠি নিয়ে সম্পাদকীয় মন্তব্যে তাঁর হাত ছিল না এবং তিনি মনে করেন মন্তব্যটা ভ্রান্ত। বোঝা গেল, একা স্তালিন ঐ মন্তব্যের জন্য দায়ী। স্তালিন এর ফলে পত্রিকার সম্পাদকের পদ থেকে ইস্তফা দিতে চাইলেন। কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি তা গ্রহণ করতে অস্বীকার করে।[35] 

কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির মিনিটস থেকে অন্য একটা কথা বোঝা যায়। তা হল, সামরিক-বিপ্লবী কমিটির কাজের প্রতি কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির সদস্যরা সব সময়ে নজর রাখছিলেন না। ফলে সেটার কাজ পুরোটাই ছিল পেত্রোগ্রাদ সোভিয়েতে সক্রিয় পার্টি সদস্যদের হাতেতে। সামরিক বিপ্লবী কমিটির অন্যতম সদস্য লোমোভ পরে স্মৃতিচারণে লেখেন, ২৪শে অক্টোবর সকালে টেলিফোনের শব্দে তার ঘুম ভাঙ্গে। ট্রটস্কী তাঁকে জানান, কেরেনস্কী আক্রমণ শুরু করেছে... আমাদের সকলকে স্মোলনিতে চাই।[36]

২৪শে সকালে কেরেনস্কী ফৌজ পাঠিয়ে বলশেভিকদের দুটি পত্রিকা সোলদাতরাবোচি পুত বন্ধ করে দিতে চায়। হয়ত এই কারণে, স্তালিন, সম্পাদক হিসেবে, নিজের দপ্তরে ছিলেন, স্মোলনিতে যান নি। কিন্তু তার ফলে, এদিন যে দায়িত্বভাগ করা হল তা থেকে তিনি বাদ। কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি সদস্যরা ছাড়াও, ল্যাশেভিচ, ও ব্ল্যাগোনরাভভকে পিটার ও পল দুর্গের দায়িত্ব দেওয়া হল। বিপ্লব জয়ী হওয়ার জন্য এই দুর্গ দখল খুবই জরুরী ছিল। বিস্ময়ের কথা, কামেনেভ তাঁর সব সংশয় সত্ত্বেও, সেদিন আসেন, এবং বামপন্থী সোশ্যালিস্ট রেভল্যুশনারীদের টেনে আনার দায়িত্ব তাঁর উপরে পড়ে।[37]  

২৪শে অক্টোবরের রাবচি পুতে স্তালিনের লেখা সম্পাদকীয় দেখায়, তিনি তখনও ভাবছিলেন ভবিষ্যতে, সোভিয়েত কংগ্রেস বসার পরে কোনো অভ্যুত্থানের কথা। ঐ দিনই তিনি এবং ট্রটস্কী সোভিয়েত কংগ্রেসে বলশেভিক প্রতিনিধিদের একটি সভায় বক্তৃতা দেন। ঝ্যাকভ নামে এক প্রতিনিধির রেকর্ড, যা পরে প্রলেতারস্কায়া রেভল্যুতসিয়া-তে প্রকাশিত হয়, তা থেকে বোঝা যায়, স্তালিন যে সব খবর পাচ্ছিলেন, তা প্রধানত কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটি সূত্রে, কিন্তু সামরিক-বিপ্লবী কমিটি সূত্রে না।[38] সুতরাং স্তালিন অক্টোবর অভ্যুত্থানের এক মূল নায়ক, এটা কোনো তথ্যের উপরে দাঁড়িয়ে নেই।   

উপসংহারঃ

স্পষ্টতই, স্তালিন বলশেভিক দলের অন্যতম নেতৃস্থানীয় সদস্য ছিলেন। কিন্তু তাহলে তিনি কেন অক্টোবর অভ্যুত্থানে গৌণ ভূমিকা পালন করলেন? এটা গুরুত্বপূর্ণ প্রশ্ন হয়েছে তাঁর নিজের ও তার অনুগামীদের ফুলিয়ে ফাঁপিয়ে তোলা দাবির ফলে। স্তালিনই কেন্দ্রীয় ছিলেন, এই গল্প তৈরী করার ফলে নথীগুলি সমস্যা হিসেবে দেখা দিল। স্তালিন যুগের অবসানের পরেও, সোভিয়েত ইতিহাসবিদরা যেহেতু ট্রটস্কীর সম্পর্কে কোনো ইতিবাচক কথা বলতে পারতেন না, তাই অবাস্তব এবং অনৈতিহাসিক কথাই বলে যেতে হত – হয় স্তালিনের, নয় লেনিনের ভূমিকা নিয়ে। বাস্তবে সভের্দলভ-ট্রটস্কী সমন্বয়ে যে রণকৌশল অবলম্বন করা হয়, তা লেনিন প্রস্তাবিত দেশজোড়া অভ্যুত্থান নয়, রাজধানীতে সেনাবাহিনী ও শ্রমিকদের সংহত করে ক্ষমতা দখল। এই প্রক্রিয়াতে স্তালিনের অনুপস্থিতির দুটি কারণের কথা বলা যায়। একটি হল কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটিতে গভীর দ্বন্দ্ব এবং লেনিন প্রায় শেষ সময় পর্যন্ত আত্মগোপন করতে বাধ্য হওয়া। কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির এই ভাঙ্গাচোরা অবস্থার ফলেই সামরিক বিপ্লবী কমিটি ও পার্টির সামরিক সংগঠনের ভূমিকা কেন্দ্রীয় হয়ে পড়েছিল। এইখনে দ্বিতীয় উপাদান আসে -- সামরিক বিপ্লবী কমিটিতে স্তালিনের অনুপস্থিতি, এবং পার্টির সামরিক সংগঠনের সঙ্গে অগাস্ট থেকে তাঁর খারাপ সম্পর্ক, যার ফলে বাস্তব কাজের থেকে তিনি বিচ্ছিন্ন ছিলেন।



[1]Isaac Deutscher, Stalin: A Political Biography, Oxford University Press, Oxford etc, 1967, p

[2] “On October 16 an enlarged meeting of the Central Committee of the Party was held. This meeting elected a Party Centre, headed by Comrade Stalin, to direct the uprising. This Party Centre was the leading core of the Revolutionary Military Committee of the Petrograd Soviet and had practical direction of the whole uprising”.   Central Committee of the CPSU (B), History of the CPSU(B)-Short Course, International Publishers, New York, 1939, p. 206. http://www.marx2mao.com/Other/HCPSU39ii.html#c7s1

[3] Shestoi s”ezd RSDRP (bol’shevikov) Avgust 1917 goda: protokoly, Moscow, Gospolitizdat, 1958, p.252.

[4]যে নামগুলি বাদ পড়ে তা হল জিনোভিয়েভ, কামেনেভ, ট্রটস্কী, বুখারিন, ক্রেস্টিনস্কি, মিলিউটিন, রাইকভ, স্মিলগা, সোকোলনিকভ, এবং প্রার্থী সদস্য ইয়ফ, লোমোভ, প্রিয়ব্রাজেনস্কি, ও ইয়াকভলেভার নাম। 

[5]L. Trotsky, Stalin: An Appraisal of the Man and His Influence, Wellred Books, London, pp. 283-84. এই বইটি হার্ভার্ডের ট্রটস্কী আর্কাইভস থেকে ট্রটস্কীর খসড়া দেখে, এবং বার্নার্ড মালামুড অনুবাদ ও “সম্পাদনার” নামে নিজের যে সব মতামত ঢুকিয়েছিলেন সেগুলি বাদ দিয়ে নতুন করে তৈরী এক সংস্করণ।recovered from the Trotsky archives and  put in.

[6]Ann Bone, tr The Bolsheviks and the October Revolution: Minutes of the Central Committee of the Russian Social-Democratic Labour Party (Bolsheviks), August 1917- February 1918, with additional notes by Tony Cliff, Pluto press, 1974, p. 9.

[7] Ann Bone, tr The Bolsheviks and the October Revolution, p. 12;Adam Ulam, Stalin: The Man and His Era, New York, Viking Press, 1973, p.150.

[8] p.19

[9] p.26

[10] p. 30

[11] J. Stalin, Works, vol3,Foreign Languages Publishing House, Moscow, 1953, pp.215-20.

[12]Works, Vol. 3, p. 279.

[13] V.I. Lenin, Collected Works, vol. 25, Moscow, Progress Publishers, pp. 249-50;L. Trotsky, ‘With Blood and Iron’, Proletarii, No.5, https://www.marxists.org/archive/trotsky/1917/08/blood.htm

[14] V.I. Lenin, Collected Works, vol. 25, pp. 286-289.

[15]Ann Bone, tr The Bolsheviks and the October Revolution, pp. 42-43.

[16] p. 42

[17]Works, Vol. 3, p. 278, 288.

[18] V. I. Lenin, ‘The Bolsheviks Must Seize Power’, Ann Bone, tr The Bolsheviks and the October Revolution, pp. 58-60; ‘Marxism and the Insurrection’, pp. 60-65.

[19] Ann Bone, tr The Bolsheviks and the October Revolution, p. 58.

[20] E. Yaroslavsky, Landmarks in the Life of Stalin, Moscow, Foreign Languages Publishing House, 1940, p. 102.

[21] Roy A. Medvedev, Let History Judge, New York, Knopf, 1971, p. 10.

[22] p. 67 এবং লেনিনের বক্তব্যের জন্য p. 278.

[23] pp. 68-69.

[24]p. 71

[25] p. 72

[26]p. 81

[27]L. Trotsky, Stalin: An Appraisal of the Man and His Influence, p. 290.

[28]A Rabinowitch, The Bolsheviks Come to Power: The Revolution of 1917 in Petrograd, New York, Norton, 1976, p. 201

[29]Ann Bone, tr The Bolsheviks and the October Revolution, p. 88

[30]  pp. 96-109.

[31]I.I. Mints, Istoriia Velikogo Oktiabria v trekh tomakh, 3 vols, Moscow, Izdatel’stvo “Nauka”, 1968m vol2, p. 1007.

[32]Ann Bone, tr The Bolsheviks and the October Revolution, pp. 116-120.

[33] p. 120

[34]

[35] pp. 110-113

[36] A Rabinowitch, The Bolsheviks Come to Power:p. 249.

[37] Ann Bone, tr The Bolsheviks and the October Revolution, p.126

[38] উদ্ধৃত, Robert M. Slusser, Stalin in October: The Man Who Missed the Revolution, The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London, 1987, pp. 243-4.

Radical Socialist Statement on Sri Lankan Elections

$
0
0

Radical Socialist sees the candidature of Vickrambahu Karunaratne (‘Bahu’), leader of the Nava Sama Samaj Party of Sri Lanka, and one of the two organisations affiliated to the Fourth International in Sri Lanka, as an UNP candidate, as an unambiguous crossing of the class line. This is however not something that happened without any prior warning.

The entire history of Sri Lankan Trotskyism is a history of periodic impressive political development as well as gross backsliding. The original Lanka Sama Samaj Party (LSSP) was the country’s first revolutionary party, and its historic leaders, like Leslie Goonawardene and Colvin R. de Silva, played major roles in the freedom struggle and in the mass movements afterwards. Yet in the name of Sri Lankan exceptional situation they forged a coalition with the bourgeois and Sinhala chauvinist Sri Lanka Freedom Party. At that time, the Fourth International expelled them, despite their being one of the major sections. But the problem of electoralism, and later also of the minority question, which took such a burning character in Sri Lanka, were not fully examined even by the radical left-wing. The LSSP(R), which had emerged from the LSSP, fragmented. Another current, the Vama Samasamaja current, arose within the LSSP, was expelled, and founded the Nava Sama Samaj Party.

From the 1990s, when the NSSP became a Section of the Fourth International, Indian Revolutionary Marxists have seen periodic twists and turns, very often articulated by the same comrade Bahu. The key issue continued, in part, to be electoral illusions. In the 1990s, the United Socialist Alliance had already included the Sri Lanka Mahajana Pakshaya of Chandrika Kumaratunga (daughter of Sirimavo Bandaranayake and eventually President of Sri Lanka).As such, they were then de facto allied to Mahendra (Mahinda) Rajapaksha as well). When Rajapaksha headed a brutal and authoritarian regime from 2005, Bahu called it fascist, and saw the electoral defeat of Rajapaksha in 2015 as a democratic revolution. While in the 1990s the NSSP had allied with bourgeois parties like the SLMP to defeat the UNP, now Bahu has become a UNP candidate to defeat the SLFP.

Already, in the name of not allowing the Rajapakshas to reverse the so-called democratic revolution, Bahu had called for compromise with the regime. According to Vame Handa leaders he had called workers who had protested against the budget of the Ranil Wickremesinghe government as racist extremists or fascistic centralists. At the same time, his interview with Frontline shows him moving away from a firm commitment to Tamil rights. All this has culminated in the outright desire to stand on a UNP ticket.

This is a total betrayal of class independence and the building of a class struggle oriented mass party. This is not even any 1930s style Popular Frontism. It must be recognised that while the SLFP and its successor organisations have been Sinhala chauvinists, the UNP has also been extreme right-wing in its politics. Unless the lessons of the repeated political collapses in Sri Lanka are learnt, not only Sri Lankan Marxists, but those elsewhere in South Asia, who have learned also from the achievements of the Sri Lankan Marxists, may suffer politically. There is a need to examine, not merely in terms of mid 20th century history, but in terms of today’s class struggle, why the politics of electoralism, and of alliances with bourgeois parties (under the disguise that they are petty bourgeois parties, or ‘democratic’ parties, etc) can only lead to damages for the Trotskyist forces. We urge the Fourth International leadership to take it up as a burning political and educational issue, and take firm action. Collaborating with bourgeois oppositions is hardly restricted to Sri Lanka, and serious political discussions will benefit revolutionaries in India, at least.

16 July 2020

Radical Socialist on the Significance of 5th August and Prospects for the Future

$
0
0

5th August will go down in Indian history as the day aggressive, chauvinistic nationalism, in its most fascistic form, but also with a deeper implantation in society than any other ultra-right fascist-type force, succeeded in throttling the First Indian Republic.

It is incontestable that the constitution, the political practices, of independent India always had a Hindu, and Brahminical tilt. However, what was one element among many became, in the hands of the RSS, and the entire range of political and ‘socio-cultural’ organisations it floated, the core and overwhelming thrust. That is why, on one hand, the BJP has been able to claim the nationalist high ground, and on the other hand, the Congress and other bourgeois parties have not been able to, and cannot, resist them on principled grounds. Rather than upholding secular principles, the Congress is currently competing with BJP over the ownership of Ram.

5th August has been chosen deliberately as the date for the bhoomi puja of the Ram Temple to come up. One year back, it was on 5th August that by a total disregard for even India’s previous, scarcely democratic procedures in Jammu and Kashmir, that the residual autonomy of the province was finally and totally smashed, by illegally turning it into two Union Territories. In the name of integration of the province into India, this marked the final step in an all out colonisation, since now the land, the resources of the province were up for grabs in a way they could not be done in the past, and the relatively progressive reforms of the early Abdullah regime were set to be overturned. Also, for an entire year, Kashmir has been under total despotism with the Supreme Court accepting claims made by the government, so that all arms of the state are united.

By linking the same date for the bhoomi puja, a whole set of coded messages are being sent out. This temple is being constructed through a judgement, whereby India’s Supreme Court admitted that a mosque had been destroyed in a criminal action, but still went on to tell the government to spend public money to build a religious institution for the majority community. Each step of the verdict was thus a blow against the principles of secularism. By choosing 5th August as the date, the Central Government is signalling that its actions are in one line. Muslim majority Kashmir is threatened with forced population changes in a bid to silence the decades long struggles there. The nation is being identified in an unabashed way with aggressive Hindutva politics, and with a Brahminical, north Indian brand of Hinduism.

There is no doubt that people will continue to fight oppression and exploitation. But the entire record of the past decades show, that unless India fights for the rights of Kashmir, India cannot get democracy, justice, social progress anywhere. The toiling people, workers and peasants, dalits and adivasis and other oppressed communities, women and other marginalised and oppressed genders, have to unite, have to come out of the hegemony of bourgeois politics, and Brahminical-Hindutva ideology. They have to build struggles that do not create hierarchies according to one so called main enemy, in the name of fighting whom, all special oppressions, all class exploitation must be forgotten. That is how bourgeois politics and its tail ending by the reformist left for the entire period since the Emergency of 1975-77 has led us into this destructive situation. There is no short cut. The struggle will be long. But the Hindutva triumphs of 5th August can only be fought back by unity based on real understanding of each oppression, the building of a mass united front, and a rejection of all bourgeois parties. Socialism is the only alternative to barbarism. Not the pipe dream of holding aloft the flag of a spurious real bourgeois democracy abandoned by the bourgeoisie, but the need is for a sustained and protracted struggle for a proletarian revolution under specific Indian conditions, which is possible only by becoming the voice of all the oppressed and exploited.

৫ই অগাস্টের তাৎপর্য ও ভবিষ্যতের দিশা সম্পর্কে র‍্যাডিকাল সোশ্যালিস্টের অবস্থান

$
0
0

৫ই অগাস্টের তাৎপর্য ও ভবিষ্যতের দিশা সম্পর্কে র‍্যাডিকাল সোশ্যালিস্টের বক্তব্য

ভারতের উত্তরকালের ইতিহাসে ৫ই অগাস্ট তারিখটি আগ্রাসন ও উগ্র জাতীয়তাবাদের চূড়ান্ত ফ্যাসিবাদী চোখরাঙ্গানির দিন হিসাবে চিহ্নিত থাকবে। সামাজিক তাৎপর্যের নিরিখে একালের অন্যান্য দেশের উগ্র-দক্ষিণপন্থী ফ্যাসীবাদ-ঘেঁষা শক্তিগুলির তুলনায় তা অনেক বেশী অভিঘাতবাহী, যা প্রথম ভারতীয় সাধারণতন্ত্রের টুঁটি টিপে মারতে সক্ষম হয়েছে।

একথা অনস্বীকার্য, যে স্বাধীন ভারতের সংবিধান, তার রাজনৈতিক অনুশীলন, সবেতেই একটা হিন্দু ও ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদী ঝোঁক ছিল। কিন্তু যা অতীতে ছিল বিভিন্ন উপাদানের একটি, আরএসএস ও তার হাতে গড়া রাজনৈতিক ও ‘সামাজিক-সাংস্কৃতিক’ সংগঠনগুলির হাতে তা হল প্রবল ঘাতসম্পন্ন কেন্দ্রীয় উপাদান। এই কারণেই, একদিকে বিজেপি জাতীয়তাবাদের উঁচু জমি দখল করতে পেরেছে, আর অন্যদিকে কংগ্রেস ও অন্যান্য বুর্জোয়া দলগুলি নীতিগত ভিত্তিতে তাদের বিরোধিতা করতে পারে নি, পারবেও না। বরং ধর্মনিরপেক্ষতার নীতি আদর্শ খানিকটা বিসর্জন দিয়েই তারা রামের মালিকানা নিয়ে বিজেপির সাথে প্রতিযোগিতায় নেমেছে।

রাম মন্দিরের ভূমি পূজার দিন ইচ্ছাকৃতভাবেই ৫ই অগাস্ট স্থির করা হয়েছে। ভারতে কাশ্মীর অন্তর্ভুক্তি প্রসঙ্গে পুরোপুরি গণতন্ত্র বর্জিত যে পন্থা নেওয়া হয়েছিল, তাকেও অগ্রাহ্য করে, এক বছর আগে, এই ৫ই অগাস্ট তারিখেই রাজ্যটির যেটুকু আত্মনিয়ন্ত্রণের মর্যাদা ছিল তা চূড়ান্তভাবে ধ্বংস করে, বেআইনিভাবে রাজ্যটিকে দুটি কেন্দ্রশাসিত অঞ্চলে রূপান্তরিত করা হয়। রাজ্যটিকে ভারতে একাত্ম করার নামে এ হল ঔপনিবেশিক শাসন কায়েমের শেষ ধাপ। এবার তার জমি ও সম্পদ বাইরে থেকে এসে অবাধে লুঠ করা যাবে। শেখ আবদুল্লার প্রশাসনের প্রথম দিকে যে অপেক্ষাকৃত প্রগতিশীল সংস্কার হয়েছিল, তাকে উলটে দেওয়া যাবে। আর, গত এক বছর ধরে কাশ্মীর আগাগোড়া স্বৈরতান্ত্রিক শাসনের পদানত যা মেনে নিয়েছে সুপ্রীম কোর্ট, কারণ তারা সরকারের সব দাবিকেই শেষ কথা বলে মনে করছে। ভারতীয় রাষ্ট্রের প্রত্যেকটি স্তম্ভের অগণতান্ত্রিক একীকরণের বার্তা এ থেকে স্পষ্ট হয়ে ওঠে।

ঐ তারিখকে ভূমি পূজার তারিখ করে একগুচ্ছ সাংকেতিক বার্তা দেওয়া হচ্ছে। এই মন্দির নির্মিত হচ্ছে এমন এক রায়ের ভিত্তিতে, যেখানে ভারতের সর্বোচ্চ আদালত মেনে নিয়েছে যে অপরাধীরা একটি ঐতিহাসিক মসজিদ ধ্বংস করেছে। তবুও সরকারি অর্থে সেখানে সংখ্যাগুরু সম্প্রদায়ের জন্য একটি মন্দির প্রতিষ্ঠা করার রায় দেওয়া হয়। এই রায় ছিল ধাপে ধাপে ধর্মনিরপেক্ষতার নীতির বিরুদ্ধে তীব্র আঘাত। ৫ই অগাস্ট তারিখ বেছে নিয়ে কেন্দ্রীয় সরকার জানান দিচ্ছে যে তার কাজে কোনরকম টানাপড়েন নেই। কাশ্মীরে মুসলিম সংখ্যাগরিষ্ঠ জনতা বিপন্ন, সেখানে অন্য জায়গা থেকে মানুষ এনে বহু দশকের লড়াইয়ের কণ্ঠরোধ করার চেষ্টা চলছে। একক জাতি নির্মাণের আগ্রাসী হিন্দুত্বের রাজনীতি, ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদী ও উত্তর ভারতীয় হিন্দু ধর্মের সঙ্গে জাতিকে এক করে দেখানো হচ্ছে।

মানুষ যে শোষণ-নিপীড়নের বিরুদ্ধে লড়াই আবারও করবে তাতে সন্দেহ নেই। কিন্তু বিগত দশকগুলির ইতিহাস সাক্ষী, ভারত যদি কাশ্মীরের অধিকারের জন্য লড়াই না করে, তবে ভারতে কোথাও গণতন্ত্র, ন্যায় বা সামাজিক প্রগতির জায়গা থাকবে না। শ্রমজীবী মানুষ, শ্রমিক ও কৃষক, দলিত ও আদিবাসী ও অন্য নিপীড়িত সম্প্রদায়, নারী ও অন্য প্রান্তিক লিঙ্গের মানুষ, ঐক্যবদ্ধ হতে হবে, বুর্জোয়া রাজনীতি ও ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদী- হিন্দুত্ব মতাদর্শের নিয়ন্ত্রণ থেকে বেরিয়ে আসতে হবে। তাদের এমন সব লড়াই গড়ে তুলতে হবে, যা তথাকথিত মূল শত্রুর বিরুদ্ধে লড়াই করার নামে শোষণ-নিপীড়নের স্তরবিন্যাস করবে না। যা বলবে না মূল শত্রুর সাথে লড়ার জন্য সমস্ত বিশেষ নিপীড়ন, সকল শ্রেণিগত শোষণ ভুলে যেতে। বুর্জোয়া রাজনীতি ও তার লেজুড়বৃত্তি করা সংস্কারবাদী বামপন্থা ১৯৭৫-৭৭ এর জরুরী অবস্থার সময় থেকে আজ অবধি ঐ পথ ধরে আজ আমাদের এই বিধ্বংসী পরিবেশে এনে ফেলেছে। লড়াইয়ের কোনো সোজা রাস্তা নেই। লড়াই হবে দীর্ঘ। কিন্তু ৫ই অগাস্টের হিন্দুত্ববাদী বিজয়ের বিরুদ্ধে লড়ে, দিন বদল সম্ভব কেবল প্রতিটি শোষণ-নিপীড়নের চরিত্র বুঝে, গণ যুক্তফ্রণ্ট গড়ে, এবং সব বুর্জোয়া দলকে প্রত্যাখ্যান করেই। বর্বরতার একমাত্র বিকল্প সমাজতন্ত্র। বুর্জোয়াদের ফেলে দেওয়া পতাকা তুলে ধরে সাচ্চা বুর্জোয়া গণতন্ত্রের স্বপ্ন নয়, চাই ভারতীয় পরিস্থিতিতে প্রলেতারীয় বিপ্লবের দীর্ঘ প্রস্তুতি, যা হতে পারে কেবল সমস্ত শোষিত ও নিপীড়িতের কণ্ঠ হয়েই।

Trotsky, a guiding light of the century

$
0
0

 

Daniel Bensaid

21 August, 2020

 

This year we commemorate the deaths of three leading figures of our movement. Daniel Bensaïd Marxist activist and philosopher, emerging from the May 1968 movement in France, who died too early in 2010 after a life as leader of the French section and the Fourth International. Ernest Mandel whose political activity started in resistance to the rise of Nazism, was an outstanding Marxist economist and a central leader of the Fourth International from the postwar period until his death in 1995. Léon Trotsky, leader of the Russian Revolution and of the fight against the counter-revolution, founder of the Fourth International, was assasinated by a Stalinist agent and died on 21 August 1940.

On this sad anniversary we publish an article by Daniel Bensaïd on Trotsky written in 2000.

Why this assassination? Leaving aside Stalin’s perverse personality, we have to start again from Trotsky’s last combats, that is, the entire Mexican period during which he principally waged three great struggles in a phase of collapse of hope.

First, he wanted to prevent any possible confusion between revolution and counterrevolution, between the initial phase of October 1917 and the Stalinist Thermidor. He did this in particular by organizing, upon his arrival in Mexico (January 1937), during the second Moscow trial, the international commission of inquiry chaired by the American philosopher John Dewey. Five hundred pages of documents dismantling the mechanism of falsification, of political amalgamations. The second struggle involved understanding the steps towards a new war, in a phase in which chauvinism was going to exacerbate and darken class issues. Finally, the third struggle, linked to the previous ones, was for the founding of a new international - proclaimed in 1938, but planned at least five years before, from Hitler’s victory in Germany – which he conceived not as a gathering of revolutionary Marxists alone, but as a tool turned towards the tasks of the moment. It was in this work that Trotsky was able, at this time, to be “irreplaceable”.

A time of defeats

He was wrong in his prognosis when he drew a parallel between the events that followed the First World War and those that could result from the Second World War. The error lies in the fact that the workers’ movements were in very different situations. In the Second World War, many factors accumulated; but what is key is undoubtedly the bureaucratic counter-revolution in the USSR in the 1930s, with a contaminating effect on the entire workers’ movement and its most revolutionary component. There was a sort of misunderstanding, of which the disorientation of many French Communists in the face of the German-Soviet pact is the most perfect illustration. But there were major defeats, such as the victory of Nazism in Germany and fascism in Italy, the defeat of the Spanish Civil War, the crushing of the Second Chinese Revolution. An accumulation of social, moral and even physical defeats, which we find difficult to imagine. But you can never assume that everything is decided in advance.

One of Trotsky’s major mistakes was to imagine that war would inevitably mean the fall of Stalinism, just as the Franco-German war of 1870 had meant the death sentence of the Bonapartist regime in France. We were in 1945 at the time of triumphant Stalinism, with its contradictory aspects. All this is very well illustrated in Vassili Grossman’s book, “Life and Fate”, concerning the battle of Stalingrad. Through the fighting, we see society awaken, and even partly escape bureaucratic control. We can envisage the hypothesis of a revival of the dynamics of October. The twenty years since the 1920s are a short interval. But what Grossman’s book says next is unstoppable. Stalin was saved by victory! We do not ask the winners to account for themselves. This is the big problem for the intelligence of this time.

The theoretical implications are important. In his critique of bureaucratic totalitarianism, if Trotsky understands very well the part played by police coercion, he underestimates the popular consensus linked to the pharaonic dynamic generated, even at a high price, by the Stalinist regime. This is an overlooked point which deserves to be taken up.

However, after the war there were specific responsibilities of the parties. Within the framework of the division of the world - the famous Stalin-Churchill meeting, where they divided Europe with a blue pencil - there were important social, or pre-revolutionary, surges; in France, but more so in Italy and Greece. And here, we can frankly speak of treason, of the subordination of social movements to the interests of the apparatuses. This does not automatically mean a victorious revolution, but a dynamic of development and a political culture of the workers’ movement that are certainly different. Which leaves other possibilities. We must nevertheless recall the famous “you have to know how to end a strike” of PCF general secretary Maurice Thorez, or the attitude of the Italian CP at the time of the attack on Togliatti. But the worst and most tragic was the defeat of the Spanish revolution and the disarmament of the resistance and the Greek revolution. Then, the Stalinist vote on the project of Balkan federation, still the only political solution faced with the question of nationalities in the Balkans.

The necessary and the possible

In sum, Trotsky’s tragic fate illustrates the tension between the necessary and the possible. Between social transformation responding to the effects of a decadent capitalism, and immediate possibilities. We can already find this when reading Marx’s correspondence. As for the theoretical and strategic contribution, it is considerable. Particularly in the analysis of the combined and uneven development of societies, starting with Russia as early as 1905, or the perception of the current modalities of imperialism. But what is irreplaceable, despite its shortcomings, is in the analysis of the phenomenon, unheard of at the time and difficult to understand, of the Stalinist counterrevolution. From this point of view, Trotsky serves as a guiding light. This does not mean a pious or exclusive reference. On the contrary, our task is to transmit a pluralist memory of the workers’ movement and of the strategic debates that have traversed it. But in this landscape and this perilous passage, Trotsky provided an indispensable point of support.

This article was published in Rouge, the weekly newspaper of the Ligue communiste révolutionnaire, to mark the 60th anniversary of the death of Trotsky. Translated by International Viewpoint.


Leon Trotsky and revolutionary art

$
0
0

 

Michael Lowy

21 August 2020

International Viewpoint

http://www.internationalviewpoint.org/spip.php?article6784

Eighty years ago, in August 1940, Leon Davidovich Trotsky was assassinated in Mexico by Ramon Mercader, a fanatical agent of the Stalinist GPU. This tragic event is widely known today, well beyond the ranks of Trotsky’s supporters, thanks, among other things, to the novel The Man Who Loved Dogs by Cuban writer Leonardo Padura ...

Revolutionary of October 1917, founder of the Red Army, infexible opponent of Stalinism, founder of the Fourth International, Leon Davidovich Bronstein made essential contributions to Marxist thinking and strategy: the theory of permanent revolution, the Transitional Programme, analysis of uneven and combined development - among others. His History of the Russian Revolution (1930) has become an indispensible reference: it was among the books of Che Guevara in the Bolivian mountains. Many of his writings can still be read in the 21st century, while those of Stalin and Zhdanov are forgotten in the dustiest shelves of libraries. One can criticize some of his decisions (Kronstadt!) and challenge the authoritarianism of certain writings of the years 1920-21 (such as Terrorism and Communism, 1920); but we cannot deny his role as one of the greatest revolutionaries of the 20th century.

León Trotsky was also a man of great culture. His little book Literature and Revolution (1924) is a striking example of his interest in poetry, literature and art. But there is one episode that illustrates this dimension of the character better than any other: the drafting, with André Breton, of a manifesto on revolutionary art. This is a rare document of "libertarian Marxist" inspiration. In this brief tribute to the anniversary of his death, let us recall this fascinating episode.

During the summer of 1938, Breton and Trotsky met in Mexico, at the foot of the Popocatepetl and Ixtacciuatl volcanoes. This historic meeting was prepared by Pierre Naville, ex-surrealist, leader of the Trotskyist movement in France. Despite a violent controversy with Breton in 1930, Naville wrote to Trotsky ’in 1938 recommending Breton as a courageous man who had not hesitated, unlike so many other intellectuals, to publicly condemn the infamy of the Moscow Trials. Trotsky had therefore given his agreement to receive Breton and the latter, with his companion Jacqueline Lamba, had taken the boat to Mexico. Trotsky was living at that time at the Blue House, which belonged to Diego Rivera and Frida Kahlo, two artists who shared his ideas and who had received him with warm hospitality (alas, they would fall out a few months later). It was also in this huge house located in the Coyoacan district that Breton and his companion were accommodated during their stay.

It was a surprising encounter, between personalities apparently located at the antipodes: one, a revolutionary heir to the Enlightenment, the other, installed on the tail of the romantic comet; one, founder of the Red Army, the other, initiator of the Surrealist Adventure. Their relationship was quite uneven: Breton had enormous admiration for the October revolutionary, while Trotsky, while respecting the courage and lucidity of the poet - one of the rare French left intellectuals to oppose Stalinism - had some difficulties understanding Surrealism… He had asked his secretary, Van Heijenoort, to provide him with the main documents of the movement, and Breton’s books, but this intellectual universe was foreign to him. His literary tastes led him to the great realist classics of the 19th century rather than to the unusual poetic experiences of the surrealists.

At first, the meeting was very warm: according to Jaqueline Lamba - Breton’s companion, who had accompanied him to Mexico, interviewed by Arturo Schwarz - "we were all very moved, even Lev Davidovich. We immediately felt welcomed. with open arms. LD was really happy to see André. He was very interested ". However, this first conversation almost went wrong ... According to the testimony of Van Heijenoort: "The old man quickly began a discussion of the word surrealism, to defend realism against surrealism. He understood by realism the precise meaning that Zola gave to this word. He began to talk about Zola. Breton was at first somewhat surprised. However, he listened attentively and knew how to find the words to highlight certain poetic features in Zola’s work." (Interview of Van Heijenoort with Arturo Schwarz). Other controversial subjects arose, notably on the subject of "objective chance" dear to the surrealists. It was a curious misunderstanding: while for Breton it was a source of poetic inspiration, Trotsky saw it as a questioning of materialism ...

And yet, the moment passed, Russian and French finding a common language: internationalism, revolution, freedom. Jacqueline Lamba rightly speaks of an elective affinity between the two. Their conversations take place in French, which Lev Davidovich spoke fluently. They will travel Mexico together, visiting the magical places of pre-Hispanic civilizations, and, immersed in rivers, fishing. We see them conversing in a friendly manner in a famous photo, sitting close to each other in an undergrowth, barefoot, after one of these fishing trips.

From this meeting, from the friction of these two volcanic stones, a spark arose that still shines: the Manifesto for an Independent Revolutionary Art. According to Van Heijenoort, Breton presented a first version, and Trotsky cut this text out by pasting his own contribution (in Russian). It is a libertarian communist text, anti-fascist and inimical to Stalinism, which proclaims the revolutionary vocation of art and its necessary independence from states and political apparatus. He called for the creation of an International Federation for Independent Revolutionary Art (FIARI).

The idea for the document came from Leon Trotsky, immediately accepted by André Breton. It was one of the few, if not the only jointly written document by the founder of the Red Army. The product of long conversations, discussions, exchanges, and no doubt some disagreements, it was signed by André Breton and Diego Rivera, the great Mexican muralist, at the time a fervent supporter of Trotsky (they will fall out soon after). This harmless little lie was due to the old Bolshevik’s belief that a Manifesto on Art should be signed only by artists. The text had a strong libertarian tone, notably in the formula, proposed by Trotsky, proclaiming that in a revolutionary society the artists’ regime should be anarchist, that is, based on unlimited freedom. Another famous passage in the document proclaims "any license in art". Breton had proposed to add "except against the proletarian revolution", but Trotsky proposed to delete this addition! We know André Breton’s sympathies for anarchism, but curiously, in this Manifesto, it is Trotsky who wrote the most "libertarian" passages.

The Manifesto affirms the revolutionary destiny of authentic art, that is, that which "sets up the powers of the inner world" against "the present, unbearable reality.". Is it Breton or Trotsky who formulated this idea, undoubtedly drawn from the Freudian repertoire? It doesn’t matter, since the two revolutionaries, the poet and the fighter, managed to agree on the same text.

The document retains, in its fundamental principles, an astonishing topicality, but it does not suffer less from certain limits, due perhaps to the historical conjuncture of its drafting. For example, the authors strongly denounce the restrictions on the freedom of artists, imposed by states, particularly (but not only) totalitarian states. But, curiously, it avoids a discussion, and a criticism, of the obstacles which result from the capitalist market and the fetishism of the commodity… The document quotes a passage from the young Marx, proclaiming that the writer "must not in any case live and write just to earn money"; however, in their commentary on this passage, instead of analyzing the role of money in the corruption of art, the two authors limit themselves to denouncing the attempts to impose "constraints" and "disciplines" on artists in the name of "the national interest". It is all the more surprising as one cannot doubt the visceral anti-capitalism of the two: had Breton not described Salvador Dali, as a mercenary, like an "Avida Dollars"? We find the same lacuna in the prospectus of the review of the FIARI (Clé), which calls for combating fascism, Stalinism, and ... religion: capitalism is absent.

The Manifesto concluded, as we have seen, with a call to create a broad movement, a sort of International of Artists, the International Federation for an Independent Revolutionary Art (FIARI), including all those who recognized themselves in the general spirit of document. In such a movement, write Breton and Trotsky, "the Marxists can walk here hand in hand with the anarchists (...) provided that both of them implacably break with the reactionary police spirit, be it represented by Joseph Stalin or by his vassal Garcia Oliver.”. This call for unity between Marxists and anarchists is one of the most interesting aspects of the document and one of the most current, a century later.

In parentheses: the denunciation of Stalin, qualified by the Manifesto as "the most perfidious and the most dangerous enemy" of communism, was essential, but was it necessary to treat the Spanish anarchist García Oliver, the companion of Durruti, the historical leader of the CNT-FAI, the hero of the victorious anti-fascist resistance in Barcelona in 1936, as Stalin’s "vassal"? Of course, he was a minister (he resigned in 1937) of the first Popular Front government (Largo Caballero); and his role in May 1937, during the fighting in Barcelona between Stalinists and anarchists (supported by the POUM), negotiating a truce between the two camps, was very questionable. But that does not make him a henchman of the Soviet Bonaparte ...

FIARI was founded shortly after the publication of the Manifesto; it succeeded in bringing together not only Trotsky’s supporters and Breton’s friends, but also anarchists and independent writers or artists. The Federation had a publication, the review Clé, whose editor was Maurice Nadeau, at the time a young Trotskyist militant with great interest in surrealism (he became the author, in 1946, of the first Histoire du Surréalisme). The manager was Léo Malet and the National Committee was composed of: Yves Allégret, André Breton, Michel Collinet, Jean Giono, Maurice Heine, Pierre Mabille, Marcel Martinet, André Masson, Henry Poulaille, Gérard Rosenthal, Maurice Wullens. Among the participants we find: Yves Allégret, Gaston Bachelard, André Breton, Jean Giono, Maurice Heine, Georges Henein, Michel Leiris, Pierre Mabille, Roger Martin du Gard, André Masson, Albert Paraz, Henri Pastoureau, Benjamin Péret, Herbert Read, Diego Rivera, Léon Trotsky, ... These names give an idea of the capacity of the FIARI to associate quite diverse political, cultural and artistic personalities.

The review Cle only saw 2 issues: n ° 1 appeared in January 1939 and n ° 2 in February 1939. The editorial of n ° 1 was entitled "Pas de patrie!", And it denounced repression and internment of foreign immigrants by the Daladier government: a very topical issue in 2018!

The FIARI was a beautiful “libertarian Marxist” experience, but of short duration: in September 1939, the beginning of the Second World War put an end, de facto, to the Federation.

Postscript: in 1965, our friend Michel Lequenne, at the time one of the leaders of the PCI, the International Communist Party, French section of the Fourth International, proposed to the Surrealist Group a refoundation of the FIARI. It seems that the idea did not displease André Breton, but it was finally rejected by a collective declaration, dated April 19, 1966 and signed by Philippe Audoin, Vincent Bounoure, André Breton, Gérard Legrand, José Pierre, Jean Schuster - for the Surrealist Movement.

Bibliographic note: the book by Arturo Schwarz, André Breton, Trotsky et anarchy (Paris, 10/18, 1974) contains not only the text of the FIARI Manifesto but also all of Breton’s writings on Trotsky, as well as a substantial historical introduction of 100 pages by the author, who was able to interview Breton himself, Jacqueline Lamba, Van Heijenoort and Pierre Naville. One of the most moving documents in this collection is the speech made by Breton at the funeral in Paris in 1962 for Natalia Sedova Trotsky. After paying homage to this woman whose eyes experienced "the most dramatic battles between shadows and light", he concluded with this stubborn hope: the day will come when not only justice will be done to Trotsky, but also "to ideas for which he gave his life".

Remembering Trotsky’s Contributions

$
0
0

Doug Enaa Greene

For revolutionary militants today, Leon Trotsky not only serves as an example, but his Marxism is a necessary tool in the struggle for communism. The following are some of Trotsky’s contributions. 

 

 

On August 21, 1940, an assassin killed Leon Trotsky while he was living in exile. This cowardly murder was the culmination of more than a decade of persecution and slander by Joseph Stalin that saw Trotsky driven from the Soviet Union and forced to travel the planet without a visa. Whereas many other opponents of the bureaucratic degeneration of the Soviet Union capitulated and rallied to Stalin, Trotsky never laid down his arms and remained unconquered. Trotsky had to die since he fought for and symbolized revolutionary internationalism and the renewal of the hopes of 1917. For revolutionary militants today, Leon Trotsky not only serves as an example, but his Marxism is a necessary tool in the struggle for communism.

The Pen and the Sword

Trotsky was a true Renaissance figure who excelled in nearly every pursuit to which he devoted himself. He was a journalist with impeccable style, one of the twentieth century’s great orators, a literary critic, a political analyst, a theorist, and a historian whose work ranks among that of Thucydides and Edward Gibbon. However, Trotsky was not simply an intellectual, but a man of action. After joining the underground Marxist movement in Tsarist Russia as a young man, he fought heart and soul for the proletarian revolution during his entire life. He was the leader of the St. Petersburg Soviet of 1905, one of the main organizers of the Bolshevik insurrection of 1917, the founder of the Red Army that defended Soviet power against the counterrevolution, the chief antagonist against Stalin and the bureaucratic caste that he represented, a Cassandra-like figure on the dangers of Nazism, and the founder of the Fourth International. He led a heroic life that represented the fusion of uncompromising dedication  in ideas and action  to the struggle for a world free of exploitation and oppression.

Permanent Revolution

One of Trotsky’s chief contributions to Marxism is the theory of permanent revolution. He developed the theory based on the experience of the 1905 Russian Revolution. The chief wings of the Russian socialist movement believed that Russia was too underdeveloped for socialism, but ripe for a bourgeois one. The Mensheviks believed that the bourgeoisie would lead this revolution and that the working class should limit themselves to a supporting role by not putting forward any radical demands for fear of frightening them. While the Bolsheviks agreed with the Mensheviks that Russia was facing its 1789, they believed that the bourgeoisie was too frightened of upheaval from below to lead the struggle against Tsarism. Therefore, the workers would have to play a leading role.

Trotsky developed a different theory. He agreed with Vladimir I. Lenin that Russia was backward and that the workers were central to the forthcoming struggle. However, he argued that Russia was not following the same classical path of development as Britain and France. Rather, the uneven development of the world economy meant that Russia imported the latest technology from Western Europe. This created a highly concentrated, combative, and powerful working class with the potential to lead the revolution in alliance with the peasantry.

While it would fall to the working class to fight for the bourgeoisie revolution, Trotsky argued that the workers would not stop halfway, but would fight for socialism. In other words, there would be no lag between the bourgeois and socialist stages of the revolution, but the process would be uninterrupted and “permanent.” However, Trotsky recognized that Russian backwardness meant that the revolution stood little chance of survival unless it spread abroad to more advanced capitalist countries. This was a break with stagist Marxism, which dominated the major socialist parties of the Second International and later the Stalinist Communist parties of the Third International. According to stagist Marxists, underdeveloped countries needed to undergo a prolonged period of capitalist development before they would be ripe for socialism. This conception effectively consigned workers to supporting the bourgeoisie and effectively took socialism off the historical agenda. In contrast, Trotsky argued that it was possible for a socialist revolution to occur in underdeveloped countries first. The theory of permanent revolution was confirmed during the actual course of the 1917 Russian Revolution, when the workers took power away from the feeble bourgeoisie.

Originally, Trotsky’s theory of permanent revolution was written to explain the peculiarities of the Russian Revolution. After the failure of the Chinese Revolution of 19251927, he generalized it to explain the possibilities for socialist revolution in the colonial world. Trotsky argued that in colonial countries, the bourgeoisie was weak and too bound to imperialism to lead the struggle for national liberation, agrarian reform, and democracy. Rather, that task fell to the proletariat, which would not simply achieve the goals of national liberation but also social revolution, something confirmed by the struggles in China (1949), Cuba (1959), and Vietnam (1975). In understanding the Stalinist folly of viewing the national bourgeoisie as a revolutionary force, and in defending the need for the proletariat to take up the tasks of national liberation and socialism, Trotsky’s analyses have had few equals.

The Anti-Fascist United Front

In the misery of Depression-era Germany, both the Communist Party and Nazi Party were gaining ground. Analyzing the situation, Trotsky believed that there was a real possibility of Adolph Hitler taking power, but he did not believe this outcome was preordained. The German Communist Party (KPD) was one of the largest revolutionary parties in the world, with millions of supporters. If the KPD formed a united front with the Social Democratic Party (SPD), then the possibility existed to forestall the Nazi rise to power.

However, the KPD and the Communist International’s “third period” condemned social democrats as “social fascists.” Instead of directing its main blows against the Nazis, the KPD went after the SPD and this for all practical purposes, foreclosed any united front action. As the Nazi vote climbed upward, Trotsky kept raising the call for a united front between the SPD and KPD.

Trotsky’s anti-fascist strategy was also an analysis of bourgeois democracy. He knew that the liberal bourgeoisie was more inclined to support brownshirts against workers than defend democracy. Trotsky did not have much hope in the antifascist potential of the SPD, which not only strangled the 1919 German Revolution, but also advocated support for liberals and faith in parliament in place of mass struggle from below. Instead, Trotsky advocated that a united front between the two worker organizations would rely upon extra-parliamentary means that would defeat the fascists. Beyond the role of defending democratic freedoms, the united front would allow communists to expose social democratic reformism as inadequate and win those workers to revolutionary politics. The united front would not only enable the communists to defeat fascism but serve as a springboard for a future revolutionary offensive.

It was all to no avail, and Hitler took power in 1933. The largest workers’ movement in Europe was crushed without mass resistance. Following this disaster, Stalin and the Communist International embraced the strategy of the Popular Front. In place of revolutionary sectarianism, Communist parties now advocated opportunist alliances with the liberal capitalists and curtailing workers’ struggles in the name of anti-fascism. The Popular Front had tragic results during the Spanish Civil War, when communists betrayed the revolutionary struggle of the working class. Against the dead ends of both ultra-leftism and relying on the bourgeoisie, Trotsky’s strategy linked anti-fascism and a united front with the revolutionary struggle against capitalism.

Degeneration, Defense, and Renewal

According to the theory of permanent revolution, socialism cannot exist in a single country like Russia, but the revolution must spread internationally to survive. This was tragically confirmed by the degeneration of the Russian Revolution in the face of blockade, civil war, and the failure of the German Revolution — which the Bolsheviks were counting on to provide material support. While the Soviet Republic prevailed against its enemies, it did so in conditions of isolation and extreme poverty.

During the 1920s, a new bureaucratic caste developed, personified in the figure of Joseph Stalin, which usurped political power from the working class. The failure of the German Revolution pushed forward the idea of “socialism in one country” that Russia could not expect aid from abroad but could only develop by its own efforts. To Trotsky and the Left Opposition, “socialism in one country” was a nationalist vision and a rejection of the original Bolshevik program of international revolution. During the 1920s, the Left Opposition fought for increased soviet and party democracy, industrialization, and internationalism. Despite its defeat, the Left Opposition’s revolutionary vision continued to haunt the Soviet bureaucracy. That Trotsky was named as the figurehead of the conspiracies “unmasked” during the Great Purges of the 1930s was no accident. The kernel of truth was that Stalin knew Trotsky’s vision symbolized revolt against the bureaucracy’s power and privileges.

Even though the working class had been deprived of political power, Trotsky recognized that the Soviet Union remained a workers’ state. The USSR’s economy was nationalized and planned, not run according to the logic of capital. Even though the bureaucracy operated as a parasitic element, it did not own the means of production. Ultimately, Trotsky argued that the bureaucracy would dispense with the socialist façade and restore capitalism. This could be stopped only by a political revolution of the Soviet working class, which would overthrow the bureaucracy and restore soviet democracy. Sadly, the Soviet Union’s restoration of capitalism in the 1990s confirmed Trotsky’s theory, whose analysis had allowed him to understand and criticize the USSR’s degeneration.

Trotsky recognized the progressive achievements of the Russian Revolution and that, however degenerated it had become, imperialism remained socialism’s main enemy. In any direct confrontation between the USSR and imperialism, Trotsky was unflinching in calling for the unconditional defense of the former. It was the task of the Soviet workers to deal with the bureaucracy, not imperialism. Trotsky’s analysis allowed him to understand the USSR’s degeneration. He also recognized that the revolution’s achievements were conquests of the working class that must be defended. 

Trotsky’s perspective allows Marxists to avoid the simple binary of either condemning revolutions as “dictatorial” and nothing else, or uncritical adulation that leads to overlooking betrayals and problems. The former perspective can lead to de facto support for Western imperialism as a “lesser evil” against “totalitarianism,” whereas the latter lends itself to whitewashing bureaucratic regimes and identifying them as socialist. With Trotsky’s position, we can defend the USSR and other workers’ states against capitalist restoration and imperialist attack while remaining unsparing in criticizing their bureaucratic leadership and fighting for political revolution. It can be a fine line, but this is a principled standpoint sadly lacking on much of the Marxist left.

Carrying the Red Flag Forward

Leon Trotsky was one of the twentieth century’s great figures. He fought for the socialist revolution with both the pen and the sword. His struggle against Stalinism was not a personal feud; it was a defense of Bolshevik internationalism against bureaucratic degeneration. Every revolutionary owes Trotsky a debt of gratitude for undertaking this struggle.

Trotsky understood that capitalism offers no way out for humanity. The struggle for communism requires rejecting reformist shortcuts, bureaucratic betrayals, and looking to “benevolent” sectors of the bourgeoisie. The only force that can free the world from oppression, ignorance, and slavery is the working class. For militants today, it is necessary to defend and advance this communist perspective. By doing so, we show true fidelity to the life and legacy of Leon Trotsky.

Suggested Reading

Works by Trotsky

Results and Prospects & Permanent Revolution

My Life

History of the Russian Revolution

Struggle Against Fascism in Germany

Revolution Betrayed


Biography

The Prophet: The Life of Leon Trotsky by Isaac Deutscher

Radical Socialist Statement on Hathras Caste Atrocity and the Babri Masjid Verdict

$
0
0


On the 14th of September, a 19 year old woman of the Valmiki caste,was gang-raped and brutally assaulted by four Thakur men in Hathras, Uttar Pradesh. Her spine was broken, and her tongue cut out. Days later, she died in a hospital from the severe injuries sustained during the attack. The police and local administration have protected the accused upper caste men with characteristic alacrity. The police burnt her body in the middle of the night, without any of her family members present. Immense pressure is being brought to bear on her family members in the hope of silencing them. Yogi Adityanath’s regime claims that no rape has occurred, and has even hired a PR firm to push this disingenuous narrative. The Sangh Parivar’s disinformation machinery is working overtime to frame the victim’s death as an ‘honour killing’, and paint her family as the ‘real’ perpetrators. Upper caste groups and political figures have rallied around the accused, declaring them ‘innocent’ and openly threatening those calling for justice. BJP’s Rajveer Pahalwan, former MLA from Hathras, hosted one such gathering at his house, which was attended by members of the RSS, Bajrang Dal, Karni Sena, Rashtriya Savarna Sangathan, Kshatriya Mahasabha. The shifting of the case to the CBI, which has a notorious pro-BJP record, is further cause for alarm.

This case forces us to confront once again not only the cultures of cruelty and violence that pervade the lives of Dalits, women and minorities in India, but also the impunity afforded to upper caste men by the nexus between dominant caste lobbies, state institutions and the ruling political regime. Figures from the National Crime Records Bureau indicate that every day three Dalit women are raped, two Dalits are murdered, two Dalit houses are burnt and eleven Dalits are beaten. Public discussion in India is dominated by an upper caste commonsense that runs the spectrum from outright devaluation of Dalit lives to purported caste-blindness. The social power of upper castes is based on a disproportionate control over land or other assets, and proximity to political power through their caste networks. There can be no doubt that this Hathras rape and murder, like countless other atrocities, is the consequence of the relations of caste domination to which Dalits continue to be subject, with little respite. Describing the victim as ‘India’s daughter’ is a jaundiced, even if in some instances well meaning, attempt to downplay the centrality of caste.

Upper castes loyalties structure and pervade virtually all mainstream political formations in India, and cover ups of this sort are a matter of routine. What is distinctive under the ruling-BJP is the sheer brazenness of the cover up, and the stridently unapologetic tenor of the upper caste backlash. This points to the reactionary character of Hindutva: it is an elite revolt, a ‘rebellion’ of Hindu India’s upper caste, upper class elite against the concessions — sometimes significant, often meagre, and always hard-won — forced by liberation movements. Recent attempts to dilute the SC-ST atrocities act, and end caste-based reservation are two examples. While the Sangh Parivar claims Dalits as its own (after all, how else could upper castes, around 26% of the population claim to speak as a ‘majority’?), it is committed to maintaining them in a position of social, political, economic and ritual subordination. The logic of the Sangh Parivar’s programmatic commitment to communalism is laid bare — the demonisation and brutalisation of India’s Muslim minority has a unifying function for the construction of the ‘Hindu’ body politic.

Elsewhere in UP, a CBI special court acquitted all the current accused in the conspiracy to demolish the Babri Masjid. That criminal act, carried out on December 6 1992, was given a stamp of legitimacy by the Supreme Court last year, when it ordered the construction of a temple on the site where the mosque once stood. In doing so the court signalled that it too now participates in the process of consolidating Hindutva hegemony. The BJP’s mass mobilisation around the Ram Mandir — explicitly aimed at bringing down the mosque — was directly responsible for weeks of violence preceding the demolition. Following the demolition, Hindutva stormtroopers led riots in cities across the country. Numerous commissions, not least the Liberhans and Srikrishna commissions, have established this. The leadership of the Sangh Parivar has explicitly, repeatedly and with great pride claimed their responsibility for these acts. For a court to now declare them innocent, after 28 years of a wishy-washy non-investigation, is a travesty.

The political aims of the Ram Janmabhoomi movement have been ticked off one by one: a belligerent and communal nationalism, given ideological cohesion by a loose Brahminism, articulated through an extreme centralisation of power, over a citizenry denied any opposing political voice. The Hathras case is a manifestation of this same reactionary backlash, unafraid to stand in the light. The current political opposition, on whose account must rest decades of inaction and complicity in caste and communal violence are junior partners in this revolt. The media has proven more than willing to amplify the voices of those in power, and to silence the voices of the marginalised. The police and other branches of the executive are now fully paid up participants in this ‘rebellion’.

 

We confront a Hindutva political movement that controls state power. To end this brutality and discrimination progressive and democratic forces must recognise that we have to build social power to counter it. The times demand that all progressive and democratic forces come together to lift us out of this crisis. This is the only way to win equal rights and inclusive democracy for every citizen today. Political opposition to Hindutva must be a principled one. All opportunistic political formations, including Dalit formations allied with or hoping to ally with the BJP must realise that they are contributing to the growth and legitimation of this upper caste rebellion. 

October 9, 2020

BJP’s Agrarian Agenda : Strengthening Agro-business Capitalism and Weakening Federalism

$
0
0

Pritam Singh (psingh@brookes.ac.uk))

The author is a Professor Emeritus at Oxford Brookes Business School, United Kingdom.


The current Bhartiya Janata Party (BJP) government’s agrarian agenda of supporting entry of big agro-business corporations (especially those close to the ruling party) in Indian agriculture and weakening further the already weakened structure of federal devolution of economic and political power in India has been in the making but it came out most clearly in the three ordinances the central government brought on 5 June 2020 in the name of agricultural marketing reforms. These ordinances were: Farmers (Empowerment and Protection) Agreement on Price Assurance and Farm Services Ordinance, 2020; Farmers' Produce Trade and Commerce (Promotion and Facilitation) Ordinance, 2020; and Essential Commodities (Amendment) Ordinance, 2020. These ordinances relating to trading and pricing of agricultural products have now become Acts after having been passed as bills by India’s Parliament and approved by the President of India. The farming policy of the present BJP-led government as articulated through these enactments constitute a watershed moment in reflecting this government’s agenda in favour of deepening the entry of agro-business capitalism and that of increased centralised control of agriculture in India. The opposition to these bills has emerged from three quarters: first, from the farmers’ organisations fearful about the survival of farming communities as a result of agro-business corporations’ takeover of the farming sector; second, from state governments fearful about increasing central intrusion into states’ federal rights over agriculture; and third, from regional parties fearful about these bills further empowering the several aggressive centralist attacks of this government on regional identities and aspirations.

The haste with which first the ordinances and now the bills have been rushed through provide a reasonable clue to the government’s economic and political agenda on the issue. There is no food emergency in the country that could have required the government to act with such haste as it has. It can be inferred, therefore, that agro-business interests that fund and support the BJP must have impressed upon the government to use the opportunity of health emergency created by COVID-19 to get these enactments done quickly without much notice and critical evaluation.ii The government, it seems, had not anticipated the scale of opposition that these farming measures have provoked.

What happens to that opposition, now in the extra-Parliamentary domain, and how the government responds to that will be decisive in shaping not only the political economy of agriculture in India, but also that of democracy, federalism, and pluralism in India. The confrontation between the centre and multiple forms of opposition to it on these farming initiatives is sharpening by the day after the passing of these bills. Additionally, the state governments in Kerala, Punjab, and West Bengal are planning, each in their own way, to put up a legal challenge to these bills in the Supreme Court. If the Court strikes these bills as violative of India’s Constitution, perhaps on the issue of the centre’s right to legislate on an agricultural matter while agriculture is a state subject, the whole issue will acquire a different significance. In addition to this purely legal sounding challenge, the politico-legal- constitutional challenge to these farm laws has been the legislative action of three non-BJP state governments in Punjab, Chhattisgarh and Rajasthan in passing laws in their respective state assemblies rejecting these three central laws and passing their own state laws (similar in content) on the issue covered in these central laws.

Why are the Farmers Opposed?

The central objective behind the three Acts —the Farming Produce Trade and Commerce (Promotion and Facilitation) Act, 2020, the Farmers (Empowerment and Protection) Agreement on Price Assurance and Farm Services Act, 2020, and Essential Commodities (Amendment) Act, 2020—is to encourage private investment by agro-business corporations from home and abroad into production, processing, storage, transportation, and marketing of agriculture products within the country and abroad. The lobbying for foreign direct investment (FDI) into Indian agriculture by multinational agro-business corporations has been going on for quite some time. There already has been some FDI in Indian agriculture, especially in contract farming for some products, but these enactments are opening the way for a major push for FDI in agriculture. Marketing reforms are, therefore, crucial components of these enactments.

The language the government is using to defend these initiatives is that these are aimed at increasing the choice and freedom of the farmers to sell beyond local mandis, that is, notified APMC (agricultural produce market committee) market yards and the state boundaries. The government’s aim, through its massive media campaign by using this language, is to make this policy initiative acceptable to the farming community. However, the real freedom which is being increased is that of big agro-business corporations, both from within India as well as from outside. The worst hit would be the marginal, small, and medium farmers whose bargaining power against hugely resourceful big corporations would be so tiny in reaching any contract regarding pricing and implementing such contract that such farmers would turn out to be economic slaves to the tentacles of the designs of big corporations.

The Farming Produce Trade and Commerce (Promotion and Facilitation) Act, 2020 mentions wheat, rice, sugar cane and cotton, along with other products that are covered under this bill. These are the main products in the agriculture sector of Punjab and Haryana, the two major food producing states. The mechanism for “Dispute Resolution” between a farmer and a trader as stipulated in the Act is heavily loaded against the farmer due to the unequal relations of power which, in reality, exist between a farmer (especially marginal, small, and medium farmer) and a trader, especially if the trader is a big agro-business entity. The dispute can be taken through various stages of the administrative/legal process, starting with the sub-divisional magistrate.

A dissatisfied farmer with limited resources, knowledge, and time, however, would not dare to challenge the legal prowess of powerful corporate entities who can hire expensive lawyers. The threat of penalty stipulated in the Act, if a legal challenge in a dispute fails and the contract is viewed as having been contravened, would further make any farmer extremely fearful about challenging a powerful corporate entity which due to its financial clout can afford to take the risk of paying a penalty. Depending upon the nature of contravention of a contract, the penalty would be anywhere between ₹25,000 to ₹10,00,000. If the contravention continues, a further penalty between ₹5,000 and ₹10,000 per day can be imposed. Leave aside a small farmer, even a big farmer would fear such massive penalties in a case of failure in dispute resolution and would not dare to challenge a corporate entity.

There is no provision in the bills on the continuity of the Minimum Support Price (MSP), which is mainly relevant for wheat and rice; the two major food crops grown by Punjab and Haryana and, to a lesser extent, by some of the other states. The Farmers (Empowerment and Protection) Agreement on Price Assurance and Farm Services Act, 2020, instead of stipulating MSP, merely mentions “remunerative price” to be agreed by a farmer in a contract with “agri-business firms, processors, wholesalers, exporters or large retailers.” Such a contract must also specify the “quality, grade and standards” of the product to be sold by the farmer. The wording of the provision for changing or terminating the agreement raises fears about further vulnerability of the farmer. Section 11 of the Act states: “At any time after entering into a farming agreement, the parties to such agreement may, with mutual consent, alter or terminate such agreement for any reasonable cause.” With unequal power relations between a farmer and an agro-business firm, the consent of a farmer to changing or terminating a contract can be subjected to powerful economic and non-economic pressures. The mechanism for dispute resolution on the contract regarding price and quality of the produce is also stacked against the farmer.

Once it became publicly known that the MSP is being abandoned, the fear that outrightly abandoning the MSP for wheat and rice, apart from alienating the farming communities in the wheat and rice producing states, might jeopardise government procurement targets, which can then lead to insecurity for food availability and social unrest in food deficit areas, many government spokespersons have been indulging in damage limitation by making announcements that the MSP would be continued.Even if these announcements are reluctantly trusted and the MSP is not abandoned temporarily due to strategic reasons, it should be kept in mind that the MSP would be used for paying the farmers only to the extent that it ensures the fulfilment of procurement targets decided by the government. Once this target is achieved, there would be no need for the government to purchase more. After that, the farmers, by losing this support structure, would become vulnerable to the market fluctuations to push the prices of their products downwards due to excess supply beyond the procurement targets.

It is not beyond the realm of possibility that in the beginning, for a couple of years, the central government may encourage and incentivise big agro-business traders to offer a higher price to the farmers than the one available in the APMC market yards. Once the APMC trading structures are destroyed through this rigged competition, the farmers would be completely at the mercy of the big traders who would exploit the newly increased vulnerability of the farmers.

My reading of many initiatives, including these latest ones of this government, in the sphere of agriculture is that their aim is to so weaken the economic sustainability of the marginal, small, and medium farmers that they are forced to do a distress sale of their lands to large agro-business corporations, domestic and foreign. Such farmers, dispossessed of their tiny holdings, will turn into wage labourers. The excess supply of such labourers in the rural economy and, through economically forced migration, in the urban economy will push down wage rates and would lead to increased profits of agrarian and urban capitalist enterprises. This is the hidden meaning of the word “transformation of agriculture” being used in selling this latest initiative.

The farmers’ resistance to these Acts, as demonstrated through the massively successful Bharat Bandh on 25 September, may turn out to be the biggest political challenge the BJP has faced since coming back to power in 2019. In the event of increased confrontation between the farmers’ movement against the Acts and the government, it is possible that the government may use the same tactics to suppress the farmers’ organisations as it has used against other opponents, namely, calling left-wing dissidents as Naxals, Muslim-background activists as “terrorists” and Sikh-background opponents as “Khalistanis.” That there are already some pro-government individuals using the tag of Naxals and terrorists for farmer activists suggests that this might reflect one line of the government’s strategy. However, the government may not pursue this course of action because this may backfire due to the massive public support the farmers’ organisations enjoy in all states, though unevenly. The government may, instead, selectively target only left-wing farmer activists by branding them as Naxals or Naxal-supporters. The mode of response of the broader farmers’ movement to such selective repression would test the political maturity and the culture of solidarity of the farmers’ organisations.

Why are the States Fearful?

Right from the framing of India’s Constitution in 1949 to various amendments later made to it, there has been a continuous process of invasion by the centre in agriculture, which in the Constitution was designated as a state subject. The Essential Commodities (Amendment) Act 2020 takes this process much further and is certainly the most devastating attack so far on federal rights of the states in agriculture. The “One India, One Agriculture Market” slogan being advertised by the government says it all about the thinly veiled centralisation objective of this move.

There is a widespread misconception circulating in some academic and journalistic writings on the Indian political economy in general and on these latest agrarian initiatives from the centre in particular that the weakening of the government regulatory regime giving more push to privatisation as envisaged in these deregulatory reforms would lead to decentralisation and devolution of more powers to the states. The roots of this misconception can be traced to the failure of recognising that centralised/unitarist nationalism, as opposed to plural nationalisms, has been the strategic key to the shaping of India’s capitalist economy in which the centre has been given hugely excessive powers for building the unitarist nationalism. As a result, increasing privatisation resulting from deregulatory reforms is not necessarily opposed to centralisation (Singh 2008). The Essential Commodities (Amendment) Act 2020 can be considered as representing the most clear-cut case of confirmation of the thesis that centralisation and privatisation in India can co-exist but, even more, that they can reinforce each other. Strengthening centralisation and privatisation are the two most prominent features of the Essential Commodities (Amendment) Act 2020.

The most brazen form of the scale of attack on the already limited autonomy that the states currently have can be assessed from the words of Section 12 of the Farmers’ Produce Trade and Commerce (Promotion and Facilitation) Act, 2020: “The Central Government may, for carrying out the provisions of this Act, give such instructions, directions, orders or issue guidelines as it may deem necessary to any authority or officer subordinate to the Central Government, any State Government or any authority or officer subordinate to a State Government.” This dire warning about emasculating the federal powers of the states can only be ignored by political leadership at the state level, which has a very limited vision of politics.

The undermining of the state autonomy cannot be more stark than what is implied by the words in Section 16 of the Farmers (Empowerment and Protection) Agreement on Price Assurance and Farm Services Act, 2020: “The Central Government may, from time to time, give such instructions, as it may consider necessary, to the State Governments for effective implementation of the provisions of this Act and the State Governments shall comply with such instructions” (emphasis added). No scope is left for any escape for a state government from these central directives (Singh 2020a).

The attack by the Farmers’ Produce Trade and Commerce (Promotion and Facilitation) Act, 2020 on the limited revenue resources of the states is also clear in the provision that “no market fee, cess or levy” can be levied by a state APMC act or any other state law. After depriving the states of the revenue they earlier earned through sales tax by replacing it with centrally controlled GST, and now resisting compensation to the states due to this revenue loss, this is another attack on financially weakening the states and making them more dependent on the centre.iii

Apart from the vertical tensions between the centre and the states emanating from them, these agrarian reforms have the dangerous potentialities of generating new forms of federal tensions in the domain of horizontal tensions (inter-state tensions) and class conflicts aligned with those horizontal federal tensions. Agriculturally dependent states such as Punjab and Haryana and the farmers of these states would be the most adversely affected due to the weakening of the minimum support price (MSP) structures. In contrast to that, industrially advanced states such as Gujarat and Maharashtra and the big business interests (especially agro-business ones) based in these states would be the beneficiaries due to increased and easier access to foodstuffs and agricultural raw materials from other states. This will increase regional and class tensions.

Regional Aspirations/Identities

The increased central intrusion through these Acts into the federal rights of the states in agriculture has alarmed all the states, though the BJP-ruled states have either kept mum or endorsed the central government’s moves. The increasing centralisation is viewed by regional formations as a threat to the solidity of regional interests, aspirations, and identities. The troubled relations with Shiv Sena and Akali Dal, two of the oldest allies of the BJP, are manifestations in different ways of the tension between the ideological perspectives of centralist Hindutva and regional aspirations (Singh 2020b). The tension over the farm Acts has led to resignation of Akali Dal representative Harsimrat Kaur Badal from the Union Cabinet, the first resignation ever from a BJP-led government at the centre over a policy issue. The BJP-led coalition government in Haryana, with its regional ally in Dushyant Chautala’s Jannayak Janata Party, may face a crisis if deputy chief minister Chautala is forced to leave the coalition as a result of pressure from farming organisations which Chautala is currently supporting in their campaigns against the farm bills.

Though different in many other respects, both the BJP and Congress are centralist in their political perspectives in building one unified Indian national identity. Therefore, both are opposed to the articulation of regional identities. However, the BJP is currently showing a much more aggressive approach than the Congress towards centralisation.

Its propagation of “one country, one agriculture market” in defence of its farming policies articulated through the farm Acts, the aggressive promotion of Hindi over regional languages (far more than the Congress ever did during its reign), its decision to scrap Jammu and Kashmir’s constitutional status and its statehood, and its New Education Policy are some of the key indicators of the BJP’s aggressive centralisation agenda.

As the BJP views regional identities with suspicion, as a subversion of its overarching Hindu identity agenda, the regional identities suspect the BJP vision as one aimed at annihilation of regional identities. The tension between the states—the locations of different regional identities—and the centre over the farm Acts has contributed to heightening the fears of regional identities about BJP’s unitarist Hindutva agenda. The Left in India (especially the parliamentary left represented by CPI and CPM) increasingly oriented towards centralised nationalism by surrendering to the flawed discourse of ‘unity and integrity of the country’ has not been able to capture the progressive potentialities of regional nationalisms in India especially in opposition to centralised Hindu nationalism.

Ecological Concerns

We have discussed the three main nodes of resistance to the farm Acts, but it is important to mention, even if briefly, the ecologically damaging consequences from the operation of these Acts because this dimension has remained almost completely unexamined in the current debates on this issue. The destruction of locally and state-based agriculture and its incorporation into all India and global agricultural marketing systems will lead to increased transportation. Increase in transportation everywhere leads to increase in carbon emissions, pollution, ecological destruction, and damaged health of all living beings, human and non-human. It is an anti-thesis of the “self-reliance” (Aatmanirbharta) which this government has been proclaiming, patently hypocritically, as its aim.

There is also a need to start rethinking the wider importance of agriculture in “development” discourse. Both the traditional right-wing thinking (such as Rostow’s stages of growth or Lewis’ dual economy model as exemplars of this mode of thinking) as well as the dominant left-wing thinking (Stalin’s collectivisation as an extreme form of such thinking) view development and growth as a path of moving from agriculture to industry to services. In the era of global climate change where the planet earth faces an existential threat from global heating and bio-diversity loss that result from the traditional economic growth paths, whether of the traditional right or traditional left format, the central importance of farming and the farming ways of life which are compatible with ecological sustainability need to be reimagined. Eco-socialist vision as a critique of both the traditional right-wing and traditional left-wing modes of thinking is an attempt to grapple with the ecological challenge humanity is currently facing.

Conclusions

It is only through a concerted and collective action of the organisations representing marginal, small, and medium farmers that the multi-dimensional destructive turn in economic policy symbolised by these farm Acts might be reversed. It is also the economic interest and moral duty of all those political formations and state governments that stand for federalism, pluralism, and ecological sustainability to coordinate their efforts to oppose this move. The struggle for federalism and diversity is also the struggle for democracy. The weakening of federalism contributes to concentration of economic and political power at the centre and the rise of authoritarian political tendencies and practices which are also anti-ecological in their orientation.

One indication of the sincerity and commitment of those making any coordinated efforts in reversing the policy package contained in these farm Acts would be to declare that in any future government at the centre they may be part of, they would undo these changes and would look anew at the Constitutional provisions to increase the power of the states in agricultural management. There are other areas too, such as industry, finance, and education, where federal devolution must be fought for, but agriculture being linked to the land and source of food remains the most crucial area for states’ right to retain their autonomy. The US, China, Europe, UK, Canada, Japan, South Korea, Australia, and New Zealand are all closely integrated into the global capitalist economy, but each of these countries makes every effort to protect its agriculture even if that protection does not meet the standards of ecological sustainability.

Protecting agriculture as a state subject in Indian federalism and resisting the entry of agro-business capitalism would be the key economic, political, social and cultural battles in India in the coming years. Grasping the seriousness of this issue would be critical towards developing the perspective to strengthen decentralisation, diversity, democracy, local farming, and ecological sustainability.



References

Punjabi Tribune (2020): “Kheti Billan Naal Punjab Nun Har Saal 4000 crore rupai da nuksaan hovega: Manpreet” (The Farming Bills will lead to Rupees 4000 crore annual loss to Punjab: Manpreet), 19 September, p 2.

Klein, Naomi (2007): The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism. Random House.

Singh, Pritam (2008): Federalism, Nationalism and Development: India and the Punjab economy, London/New York: Routledge.

Singh, Pritam (2020a): “Centre's Agricultural Marketing Reforms Are an Assault on Federalism,” Wire, 20 June, https://thewire.in/agriculture/agriculture-marketing-reforms-federalism.

Singh, Pritam (2020b): “As Cracks in NDA Widen, Is BJP’s Ideology Incompatible with Regional Identities?” Wire, 22 September, https://thewire.in/politics/bjp-punjab-akali-dal-shiv-sena-regional-alliances.

Singh, Pritam (2020c): “BJP’s Agrarian Policies: Deepening Agro-Business Capitalism and Centralisation”, EPW, Vol 55, No. 41, Oct 10.





i An earlier version of this paper was Singh 2020c.
ii Naomi Klein (2007) has argued that the rise of neo-liberalism as a policy doctrine has seen that governments seize upon disasters-environmental, economic and political- to push through policies and programmes to advance the agenda of neo-liberal capitalism.
iii Punjab’s finance minister, Manpreet Badal, has estimated that Punjab alone would lose ₹4,000 crore revenue per year because of this farming initiative of the centre (Punjabi Tribune 2020).

REPEAL THE FARM ACTS

$
0
0

As winter cold descends hard on North India, the newly emerged 'trolly cities' along the length of National Highway 1 and 9 at the Singhu and Tikri borders respectively, are getting longer day by day. Carrying with them rations for months, these protests have emerged as a formidable reaction against the neoliberal march of the Khaki Brigade and government. With nearly two lakh people residing in these make-shift cities with working toilets, bathrooms, water heating geysers running on fire wood, kitchens, reading rooms, their own newspaper and libraries, these protests are said to be one of the largest ever protests, at least in the recent history of India. While these protesters are demanding the repealing of the three Farm Laws, the crowds present here are far from limited to just farmers---students, unemployed youth, teachers, artists and people from various sections of society are also part of these protests.

 

Contrary to the numbers at the national level, where 86 percent of farmers are small and marginal, in Punjab, the number of small and marginal farmers, who own less than 2 hectares, is about 33 percent. However, the numbers are relatively closer to the national average in Haryana—67 percent. These two states were at the heart of the Green Revolution and experienced a flourishing agricultural economy from the 1970s onwards. In the early 90s, the Centre started taking back its support to farmers in the form of subsidies while agricultural productivity started declining and input costs started increasing. This growing crisis was further exacerbated by the entry of multinational and corporate agri-businesses. These factors had a detrimental impact on the emerging capitalist farmers who owned less than 4 hectares. Increased costs for inputs and technology mired them in loan cycles, which culminated in a suicide wave that took the lives of nearly 20,000 farmers in the last two decades in Punjab alone. It is important to note that the number of farmer suicides in the country since 1995 is well over 300,000. If we add the number of landless working in the fields the figures will be much higher. This is a sign of a much deeper malaise and an all-engulfing crisis that has gripped the country since the implementation of neoliberal measures.

In the wake of the Green Revolution, a procurement regime was established, whose function was to procure the crops of wheat, rice and other food grains at the Minimum Support Price (MSP) set by the Centre. These food grains were made available to the poor at a negligible price through Fair Price Shops but under pressure from free-market forces, the universal Public Distribution System (PDS) was seriously weakened. The Essential Commodity Act (amendment), which is one of the three Farm Laws, is one more step towards dismantling the procurement regime and PDS. Under this Act, the hoarding of essential commodities that can be stored such as food grains, has become legal, enabling the manipulation of food prices for the benefit of big agri-corporations while the other two Laws aim to eradicate MSP, and to promote contract farming by big agri-businesses--- all of which will enable them to make huge profits while also leading to the massive polarisation of landholdings.

The basic line of confrontation and struggle can be put very simply---it is farmers control over their own lives and livelihood -- versus corporate control over the agricultural sector ushered in by this government!

These three Laws by aiming to greatly undermine the regime of procurement and distribution in the name of promoting market freedom are an attack not only on the peasantry but also on all working people of India. Moreover, the Centre has put forward proposals for allowing corporates to set up their own banks, for privatising certain public sector utilities, and is pushing through Four Labour Codes whose purpose is precisely to casualise and contractualise and dismiss labour in the mining, manufacturing and services sectors by shifting more control and power to private business especially to big corporates. If the government succeeds in this current assault on farmers they will be much more strengthened in their subsequent attempt to go after urban and semi-urban workers. This is why the need, today and tomorrow, is to forge a strong and enduring worker-peasant unity!

To understand the present protests, we have to look beyond the agrarian crises into the current rural distress in the states of Punjab and Haryana. Unemployment in the state of Punjab is 33.6 percent and 35.7 percent in Haryana---higher than national levels. Furthermore, the de-peasantisation of small and marginal farmers in the last two decades has worsened the crisis. From the 1990s onwards, the rising costs of inputs and technology has made farming unviable for the small and marginal farmers and pushed a large section of them out of agriculture. Farmers who own from 2 hectares to 4 hectares barely make enough to pay for their costs, owing to the assured price in the form of MSP. In fact, it is precisely this combination of serious unemployment, de-peasantisation and unviability of cultivation for the majority of farmers that lies at the heart of this unrest.

What makes these protest different from other protests against the Modi regime is the dominant involvement of Left forces. A great many of these forces belong to the Marxist-Leninist tradition of the Indian Left. While this fact opens possibilities unseen in preceding protests, the ideological sectarianism of these forces also puts constraints on the potential of the present unrest.

The issue of securing a proper MSP for agricultural produce has garnered support of peasants from Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh and Uttrakhand. The Left should make all efforts to transform these protests into wider peoples struggles against the present authoritarian regime and to give it an anti-capitalist disposition. To broaden and deepen these protests, efforts should be made to include the demands of various sections of working people. Incorporation of demands for employment generation and food security can reinforce the appeal and strength of this movement among the masses across different regions. Pursuing these demands would not only help the movement to gain support among the working people, but it will also push the representatives of the sections of the rich peasantry to the margins. There is an urgent need to build solidarities with the working-class struggles going elsewhere.

Left populism may not be the end objective of Left politics, but it can be an ushering of anti-capitalist politics. Around the world, the Left has seen the resurrection in one or other form of Left populism—US, Britain, Spain and Greece are some of the examples. Many of these experiments have faced defeats, but one thing is certain---that they have succeeded in gaining the support of working-class people and could be used as a springboard for furthering working-class politics. The present movement, with the involvement of Left forces, has the potential to be used as the departure point for such class politics. The left needs to recognize this possibility and work together towards this goal.

The biggest limitation the dominant Left forces have is their sectarian attitude towards electoral politics. For them, electoral politics is the point which differentiates the ‘revolutionary’ M-L forces from the ‘revisionist’ mainstream Left parties. However, there is an urgent need to give this rising ferment an electoral form to not only counter the forces of Hindutva but also to mobilize the masses behind the anti-neoliberal agendas. On the other hand, the role played by the mainstream Left parties to support and strengthen present unrest is insufficient. Even in the states and districts where they have a significant presence, much more mobilization around the issue of repealing the Farm Laws is required.

This is not a peasant uprising to capture state power, as professed by Maoist organisations, nor is this a movement of only rich peasants as claimed by the adherents of a stage-ist Socialist Revolution. This is a movement where the majority of people are fighting for their immediate and longer term survival. The Left should not squander this opportunity to form a redoubtable opposition to Hindutva and to come out of their time-worn ideological cocoons.

Radical Socialist Statement on the Farmers' Struggle: A Second Wind

$
0
0

 

We salute the courage and commitment of the overwhelming majority of farmers who have just renewed the momentum of their remarkable months long struggle after the unanticipated events at Red Fort on Republic Day. Whatever the  initial motivations of the farmers involved at the Red Fort, the government was keen to use the occasion as a means to forcibly evict and more generally delegitimise the farmers’ long struggle. We welcome the fact that the courage of farmers from Western UP, Haryana and Punjab has served to demonstrate the power of solidarity and organisation in the face of a brutal state. Ar the same time, the role of Deep Sidhu and the way the police treated him, suggest that there may indeed have been a ‘false flag’ component. But the lumping of the KMSC with him is erroneous.

 

Consider the following:

 

(i) Around 5 lakhs of farmers of various groups/unions marched in Delhi along designated routes but with minimal media coverage while internet connections there were repeatedly disrupted. However, one group (KMSC) which had already before January 26th made its intention not to respect the assigned routes or starting time, made its way to its own target. Another group following Deep Sidhu (with a pro-BJP political history) and Lakha Sidhana (with a serious criminal record) were able to go to the Red Fort where a Sikh religious flag was hoisted on a smaller flagpole, though the main pole with the Indian tricolor remained in position. Although in comparison to the 5 lakh farmers procession, the total number of these 'breakaways' was around 5000 at its peak, it was the Red Fort event that hogged the media coverage while government spokespersons and their TV anchor drumbeaters all went berserk, screaming about the supposed insult to the Indian flag on Republic Day.

 

(ii) This served as the excuse over the next two days to decry and condemn the whole of farmers' movement for 'going out of hand', for their 'insult to the nation', for having 'moral responsibility' for acts of vandalism and clashes with the police trying to 'restrain' them even as all the leaders of the farm unions taking the designated route, when learning of what had happened, took their distance from the events at ITO and Red Fort.

 

(iii) Using this manufactured 'public outcry', two days late on January 28th, the Centre sent police and large paramilitary contingents to the Singhu and Tikri borders between Haryana and Delhi, while the UP Adityanath government called for immediate eviction by midnight of those encamped at the Ghazipur border. Armed UP police were also sent to Ghazipur and District authorities cut off power and water supply to the farmers there.

 

(iv) Meanwhile at Singhu and Tikri a group of supposedly local residents of around 200 people each, suddenly collected on the same day demanding eviction of the farmers there; encroaching into the farmers area even as the police and other forces on standby were seemingly incapable of preventing this and the subsequent stone pelting and fighting started by these 'local' residents. Revealingly, their main and constant outcry and sloganising was not about the inconvenience caused to them but that the farmers---as shown by the Red Fort events---had insulted the flag and the nation, which was exactly the line of indictment assiduously pursued by the BJP and Centre.

 

(v) Charges were levelled against the leaders of the entire farmers’ agitation under, sedition and UAPA provisions, including those heading major unions at Tikri (Joginder Singh Ugraha), at Singhu (Darshanpal Singh), and at Ghazipur (Rakesh Tikait). Charges under sedition laws and UAPA means there can be arrests for prolonged periods without bail. Clearly, the government had planned systematically to make an assault on various fronts with the aims of defaming the farmers movement, reversing their momentum, preparing grounds for arrest of leaders, curbing dissenting voices deemed important both within and outside the movement itself, frightening people and groups giving solidarity in different ways, shifting public opinion as much as possible to its side, reinforcing the 'strong man' image of Modi out to build a 'newer and stronger' India.

 

            Instead, the determination of Tikait to continue the border siege at Ghazipur, no matter what the costs in terms of possible arrest or physical deterioration, along with public declaration of this intent proved to be another spark that led to massive support from farmers and the wider public in UP. The  resulting en masse rush of thousands to come  in tractors, by bus or on foot to the Ghazipur site thereby swelling the ranks to beyond any earlier peak. Reinforcement also came from Haryana and Punjab while re-found enthusiasm has led to many more trooping to the encampments at Singhu and Tikri. The police and paramilitary forces at Ghazipur had to abandon their eviction plans while power and water connection were restored due in part no doubt to the negative political fallout for the BJP in UP. In short, the farmers' struggles have got a second wind and will continue.

 

Again, the coverage of events of Republic Day by certain journalists and a few prominent persons on twitter and social media, because they were mildly or implicitly critical of the government's handling of the January 26th events of its subsequent messaging, became the excuse for issuing FIRs charging them under draconian laws for criminal behaviour.

 

            This is not to deny that matters are still delicately poised and in balance. The prospect of a severe setback has been overturned but the battle ahead is still going to be a hard one. It is critical that the initiative of the mass of this movement continues to be expressed by its leaders and that the remarkable flourishing of argument, strategic discussion and development of political consciousness that is currently happening in the encampments is deepened and extended to those who continue to stream into the movement. The farmers are showing a level of determination that might yet lead to success in repealing these laws. How broad this success will be and how quickly it could be won also depend on the actions of other Left and democratic forces. Four of these are critical:

 

1) Farmers’ groups in other parts of the country are slowly joining in the agitation in the more militant and sustained mode demonstrated by this movement. Their participation, including in places like MP, Chhattisgarh and Orissa where the existing marketing system is an important lifeline for farmers, as well as in places like Maharashtra, Bihar, Bengal and in the South where its importance might be currently diminished. Left groups active among farmers in these places should seek out creative and locally relevant ways to enter into sustained agitations.

 

2) The most important constituency we look to beyond farmers must surely be the working classes. The intelligence and courage of the farmers in the course of a prolonged substantial battle over issues is an example the Trades Unions must follow. No more ceremonial one day strikes. This is the time to prepare and launch a staggered wave of strikes across industrial and service sectors over the labour codes.

 

3) The farmers have also placed concern about the PDS on the negotiating agenda. This is a lifeline to the broad masses across the country and many social movements have been active in securing and enhancing these entitlements. A sustained push is possible in this moment towards securing and enhancing the welfare support the Indian state provides.

 

4) Finally, the opposition parties, for their narrow political reasons, have been riding piggy back on this struggle by expressing verbal solidarity but what else seriously have they done? It is not for them to try and capture control or establish dominant influence on the movement which in fact they cannot. This has denied the Modi government any real credibility when it dishonestly claims that Congress, AAP or other parties are the behind-the-scenes manipulators of this great agitation. But it is time now for these opposition parties to separately---individually or, better still, collectively---mobilise their members, activists and supporters to carry out sustained protests and demonstrations against the Centre and against BJP-ruled state governments everywhere. This should not just be against the farm laws. Broadening the struggle requires coming out for freeing political prisoners; against the nefarious aspects of the new labour codes; against the centralising anti-federalist and anti-democratic measures and practices of the Sangh whether in governing institutions or in the broader society, be these the CAA, 'love jihad', the draconian laws themselves, as well as the attempts to legally harass, arrest and otherwise punish those critical of Hindutva and this government.

 

The fact that the UP government’s attack led to Tikait’s emotional appeal, followed by massive support from peasants in western UP, should not blind us to one complexity. It has already been remarked upon by many that Khap Panchayats have moved against the BJP. More sophisticated BJP supporters have attempted to use this contradiction to attack leftists for their alleged hypocrisy. This is a contradictory reality. It is indeed true that khaps were used by the BJP in the period of its ascent in UP. The potential for khaps to turn in reactionary ways does exist. Yet, by calling for greater mobilizations, for mass struggles in which Hindus and Muslims, people of various castes, are compelled to fight together, these khap panchayats also push their members in a different direction. The task of  a really activist left has to be to strive to push these forces in as far a progressive direction as possible, while being aware that defence of Muslims and Dalits may bring them into conflict with these bodies. The task is to try and see that participation in progressive struggles weakens reactionary currents. 

 

 

4 February, 2021

ফ্যাসিবাদঃ নির্বাচন, প্রতিরোধ - কিছু প্রশ্ন

$
0
0

কুণাল চট্টোপাধ্যায়

 

নির্বাচন , শ্রেণী সংগ্রাম ও খেটে খাওয়া মানুষের মুক্তি


ছোটো বিপ্লবী গোষ্ঠীরা, বা এমনকি কিছুটা বড় বিপ্লবী গোষ্ঠীরাও, নির্বাচন এবং সরকারী /প্রশাসনিক বিভিন্ন স্তরের সংস্থায় অংশগ্রহণের প্রশ্নে ঠিক কোন অবস্থান নেবে? অতীত থেকে শিক্ষা নিতে গেলে মার্ক্স-এঙ্গেলসের এবং লেনিন ও বলশেভিকদের অভিজ্ঞতার কথা বলা দরকার, যদিও তাদের যুগ থেকে আমরা অনেক পরে বাস করছি। এখানে প্রথম ও প্রধান শিক্ষা হল, নির্বাচনী লড়াইকে নির্বাচনের বাইরের লড়াইয়ের সঙ্গে যুক্ত করা আবশ্যক, এবং সংসদ বা যে কোনো স্তরের আইন নির্মাতা ও প্রশাসনিক সংস্থায় ঢুকলে সংসদ-বহির্ভূত কাজের সঙ্গে সংসদীয় কাজকে যুক্ত করা, আইনি কাজের সঙ্গে ধর্মঘট, রাস্তা সহ প্রকাশ্য স্থান দখল করা (যেমন শাহীন বাগ), আইন অমান্য করে নানা পদক্ষেপ নেওয়া, যেমন করছেন উত্তর ভারতের কৃষকরা, ইত্যাদি। বস্তুত মূল ক্ষেত্রটাই হবে নির্বাচন ও সংসদের বাইরে। সংসদ, বিধানসভা ইত্যাদিতে কাজ হবে ঐ বাইরের কাজের পরিপূরক, বাইরের কাজের সহায়ক। কোনো পরিস্থিতি দেখা যায় যখন ভোট বয়কটও করতে হয়, পার্লামেন্ট বয়কট করতে হয়, বা এমনকি গণভোটও বয়কট করতে হয়। দুটি উদাহরণ দেওয়া যায়। ১৯৭৫ সালে ভারত সিকিমকে ভারতের অন্তর্ভুক্ত করে। ১০ এপ্রিল সিকিমের পার্লামেন্ট দুটি সিদ্ধান্ত নিয়েছিল—রাজতন্ত্র উচ্ছেদ এবং ১৪ এপ্রিল গণভোট। তাতে সিকিমের মানুষকে আলাদা করে রাজতন্ত্র উচ্ছেদ (যে রাজতন্ত্র ছিল খুবই ঘৃণিত) আর ভারতের অঙ্গ হয়ে যাওয়া, এ নিয়ে দুটি আলাদা ভোট দেওয়ার সুযোগ দেওয়া হল না। স্বতন্ত্র ভোট হলে ভারতের অঙ্গ হয়ে যাওয়ার প্রস্তাব সম্ভবত হেরে যেত। সেই সুযোগ দেওয়া হয় নি। তাই এক্ষেত্রে বয়কটই একমাত্র সঠিক ডাক ছিল। দ্বিতীয় উদাহরণ – ১০০ দিনের বেশি সময় ধরে কৃষকরা জোট বেঁধে কৃষি আইন রদ করার দাবিতে তীব্র লড়াই চালাচ্ছেন। এর মধ্যে কেউ কেউ প্রস্তাব করেছিলেন, পার্লামেন্টের বিশেষ অধিবেশন ডেকে আলোচনা করা হোক। এ হত বিজেপিকে, তথা তারা যে ধনী ব্যবসায়ী-কর্পোরেট পুঁজির হাতে কৃষিক্ষেত্রকে তুলে দিতে চাইছে তারই সুযোগ করে দেওয়া, কারণ পার্লামেন্টে বিজেপির সংখ্যাগরিষ্ঠতা আছে তিনদিন নাটকের পর ওই আইনগুলোকেই আবার পাশ করা হতো। এই প্রস্তাব তাই বিপজ্জনক ও আন্দোলন বিরোধী, কৃষক বিরোধী


জারের আধা-সামন্ততান্ত্রিক শাসনে, সীমিত ক্ষমতার দুমাতে এবং পরে বুর্জোয়া সংসদে অংশগ্রহণ প্রসঙ্গে লেনিনের মত স্পষ্ট ছিল। শ্রমিক শ্রেণীর মধ্যে এবং বিশেষ করে তাদের পিছিয়ে পড়া অংশের মধ্যে বুর্জোয়া গণতন্ত্রের উপকারিতার সম্পর্কে যে অতিরঞ্জিত, কিন্তু বাস্তব ও ব্যাপক ধারণা ছিল, তাকে কাটিয়ে ওঠার জন্য সংসদের ভিতর থেকে লড়াই করা ও সেইভাবেই মোহ কাটানোর কথা বলেছিলেন তিনি। একশ বছর আগের এই মত এখনো জরুরী, কারণ শ্রেণী সংগ্রামের ওঠাপড়ার মধ্যে দিয়ে আজ পৃথিবীর অধিকাংশ দেশে শ্রমিক শ্রেণীর রাজনৈতিক চেতনা অত্যন্ত সীমিত। কিন্তু লেনিন-লুক্সেমবুর্গ-ট্রটস্কীরা যখন সংসদীয় লড়াই ও তার সীমাবদ্ধতা নিয়ে আলোচনা করেছিলেন, সেটা ছিল একটা বিপ্লবের যুগ। তখন বুর্জোয়া গণতন্ত্রকে সোভিয়েত বা শ্রমিক পরিষদীয় গণতন্ত্র দিয়ে হঠিয়ে দেওয়ার একটা বাস্তব সম্ভাবনা ছিল। ১৯১৭-১৯২৩এর বিপ্লবী পর্ব শেষ হওয়ার পর অনেক পরিবর্তন এসেছে। দ্বিতীয় বিশ্বযুদ্ধের পর থেকে বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণী একদিকে তাদের শাসন টিকিয়ে রাখার জন্য সংসদীয় গণতান্ত্রিক ব্যবস্থাকেই শ্রেয় বলে ধরল, আর অন্যদিকে তাকে আরো বেশি বেশি করে অন্তঃসারশূণ্য করে ফেলল। আর, সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়ন, চীন সহ পূর্ব ইউরোপের দেশগুলিতে সমাজতন্ত্রের নামে একদলীয়, আমলাতান্ত্রিক শাসনের ফলে, সেই সব দেশের শ্রমিকশ্রেণীর মধ্যেও সংসদীয় গণতন্ত্র প্রীতি বাড়ল। পুঁজির শাসনকে আড়াল করে রাখার মত মৌলিক মতাদর্শগত হাতিয়ার আজ সংসদীয় ব্যবস্থা। তাই সংসদীয়তা সম্পর্কে মোহ কাটানোর লড়াই জটিল, কিন্তু একেবারেই আবশ্যক। এখানেই ফ্যাসীবাদের উত্থান এক বাড়তি সমস্যা এনে দিয়েছে। উগ্র দক্ষিণপন্থী বা ফ্যাসীবাদী ধরনের শক্তিদের ক্ষমতায় আসা ঠেকাতে সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্র্যাটরা তো বটেই, স্ট্যালিনবাদী-মাওবাদী রাজনীতি থেকে আসা অধিকাংশ দল এই ফাঁপা, অন্তঃসারশূণ্য সংসদীয়  ব্যবস্থার মধ্যেও আরো মোহ সৃষ্টি করেন, কারণ তারা ভোটের ক্ষেত্রে, এবং ভোটের বাইরেও, ‘কম ক্ষতিকর’ বুর্জোয়া শক্তির সঙ্গে নির্বাচনী ও অন্যরকম জোট গড়তে চান, এমনকি তাদের সরাসরি ভোট দিয়ে সংসদে পাঠাতে চান।  আজকের ভারতে এই ভ্রান্ত রাজনীতি প্রতিনিয়ত দেখা যাচ্ছে


একটি বিপ্লবী সংগঠন কি করতে পারে, সেটা নির্ভর করে তাদের নিজেদের আয়তন, এবং তাদের গণভিত্তির আয়তন ও চরিত্রের উপরে। গণভিত্তি ও পরিচিতি বাড়ানোর জন্য, নিজের রাজনীতি বহু মানুষের কাছে নিয়ে যাওয়ার জন্য, একটি বিপ্লবী সংগঠনের নির্বাচনে প্রার্থী দেওয়া উচিত। শ্রমিক আন্দোলনে নিজেদের উপস্থিতি বাড়ানো এবং বিপ্লবী রাজনীতি নিয়ে যাওয়া হবে সেই নির্বাচনী প্রচারের প্রধান উদ্দেশ্য। সাধারণ সময়ে বেঁচে থাকার লড়াই করতে গিয়ে, নিজেকে ও পরিবারকে বাঁচিয়ে রাখার চেষ্টা করতে গিয়ে, ব্যাপক শ্রমজীবী মানুষকে রাজনীতি নিয়ে ভাবতে পারে না। নির্বাচনের সময়ে, খুব সীমিতভাবে হলেও, মানুষ রাজনীতি নিয়ে শোনে, ভাবে। ভোট দেওয়া অবশ্যই একরকম নিষ্ক্রিয় অংশগ্রহণ। তাই বিপ্লবীদের  নির্বাচনে অংশগ্রহণের সময় থাকা দরকার র‍্যাডিক্যাল প্রচার, স্বাধীন শ্রেণী সংগ্রামের জন্য জোট বাঁধা ও বাস্তবে সেইরকম সংগ্রাম গড়ে তোলা। ভোট দেব না দেব না, আর দিলে কাকে দেব, এই সাধারণ প্রচার ছাড়াও ধারাবাহিক যে প্রচার করা দরকার, তা হল শ্রমিকশ্রেণীর এগিয়ে থাকা, রাজনৈতিকভাবে সচেতন মানুষদের কাছে বিপ্লবী চিন্তা, মতামত, আরো স্পষ্টভাবে নিয়ে যাওয়া


বাস্তব চিত্র যা, তাতে ছোটো বিপ্লবী গোষ্ঠীরা অধিকাংশ সময়েই সর্বত্র নিজেদের প্রার্থী দিতে পারে নাএই জন্য দুই স্তরে কাজ করা জরুরী। যারা বিপ্লবী শিবিরের অংশ মনে করেন, তাদের উচিৎ নিজেদের মধ্যে সমন্বয়ের ভিত্তিতে যতটা সম্ভব শক্তিশালী ফ্রন্ট গড়া, যেমন হয়েছে বিভিন্ন সময়ে ইউরোপ এবং লাতিন আমেরিকার নানা দেশে। এর ফলে, (১) বিপ্লবীদের বক্তব্য বলে একটি অভিন্ন প্রচার করা যেতে পারে, (২) শ্রমজীবিদের কাছে বহু কেন্দ্র থেকে একই উদ্যোগের পক্ষে প্রার্থী দেওয়া সম্ভব হয় এবং (৩) নির্বাচনের সঙ্গে দীর্ঘমেয়াদী লড়াইয়ের জোটকে যুক্ত করা যায়। এই কথা আবার বলা জরুরী, যে এইরকম নির্বাচনী লড়াইয়ে সংসদের বাইরের লড়াই যেন প্রাধান্য পায়, সেটা দেখা আবশ্যক


সমস্যাটা আসে অন্য দলদের সমর্থন করার প্রশ্ন উঠলে - কাকে সমর্থন করব, কোন রাজনৈতিক ভিত্তিতে সমর্থন করব, ইত্যাদি। এখানে আমরা যা মৌলিক প্রভেদ করি, তা হল যে কোনো বুর্জোয়া দলের (তার গণভিত্তি যত প্রশস্ত হোক, আপাতঃভাবে সেই দল যত উদার-গণতান্ত্রিক হোক না কেন) সঙ্গে অবিপ্লবী, বামপন্থী, সংস্কারবাদী শ্রমিক দলের পার্থক্য। এই প্রসঙ্গে র‍্যাডিক্যাল পত্রিকার বিগত সংখ্যায় আমরা আলাদা একটি প্রবন্ধ প্রকাশ করছি। তাই এখানে খুব বিস্তারিত আলোচনা করা হবে না, কিন্তু কিছু আলোচনা করা আবশ্যক। সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্র্যাটিক, অবিপ্লবী, বামপন্থী, সংস্কারবাদী শ্রমিক দলেরাও সংসদীয় ক্ষেত্রে কাজ করে। কর্মসূচী, আনুষ্ঠানিকভাবে ধনতন্ত্র-বিরোধী কথা বলা, দলের কর্মীদের চরিত্র ও রাজনৈতিক শিক্ষা, এবং তারা কোন কোন সামাজিক শ্রেণী ও স্তরের কাছে তাদের আবেদন রাখছে সেটা বোঝাও জরুরী। এই সমষ্টিকে না দেখে কেবল সরকারে গিয়ে এরা কতটা শাসকশ্রেণীর পক্ষে দাড়াচ্ছে বা তাদের পছন্দের নীতিকেই কার্যকর করছে, সেটা দেখা ভ্রান্ত। কারণ তাহলে মনেই করা হচ্ছে, খাঁটি বিপ্লবী দল ভোটে জয়ী হয়ে বুর্জোয়া রাষ্ট্রের সংসদ ইত্যাদিতে শ্রমজীবিদের স্বার্থে সমস্ত পদক্ষেপ নিতে পারবে অবশ্যই, যে দলেরই সরকার হোক না কেন, তাদের অনুসৃত নীতি জনবিরোধী হলে তার বিরুদ্ধে লড়াই হবে।


২০১১-র নির্বাচনের তৃণমূল কংগ্রেসের জয়ের পর আমরা বিশ্লেষণ করে তার তাৎপর্য ব্যাখ্যা করতে চেষ্টা করি। ২০১৬ ও ২০১৯-এ এই নিয়ে আরো আলোচনা হয়। আমরা সিপিআইএম, সিপি আই প্রভৃতি দল কিছু ভুল করেছে, কিন্তু কমিউনিস্ট, এমন কথা মনে করি না। কিন্তু আমরা বামফ্রন্টভুক্ত দলগুলি আর বামফ্রন্ট সরকারের প্রভেদ করি। ২০১১-র বিশ্লেষণে বলা হয়েছিলঃ “বামফ্রন্ট সরকার ছিল বুর্জোয়া রাষ্ট্রে সংস্কারবাদীদের সরকার। রাষ্ট্রায়ত্ত্ব অর্থনীতির মধ্যে কিছু পাইয়ে দেওয়ার ভিত্তিতে, বেতনক্রম-মহার্ঘ্যভাতা, সরকারী আনুকূল্য, লাইসেন্স রাজের ভিত্তিতে, একরকম ভারসাম্য এনেছিল। ‘বামপন্থা’ বলতে বোঝানো হত ঐ কাঠামোতে শ্রমজীবী মানুষের জন্য কিছু দান।“ (র‍্যাডিক্যাল, জুলাই ২০১১, পৃঃ ৪) বিশ্বায়নের যুগে শ্রেণীসংগ্রাম ও বিপ্লবী বামপন্থা নতুন করে গড়া, তার নতুন সংজ্ঞা নির্মাণের দরকার ছিল, কিন্তু যে দল বা জোট সরকারে থেকে, সরকারী অনুদানের মাধ্যমে সমর্থন চায়, তাদের পক্ষে অবশ্যই এই রকম জঙ্গী শ্রেণী সংগ্রাম গড়ে তোলা সম্ভব না


সিপিআইএম যে বিপ্লবী দল না, সেটা প্রমাণ করতে খুব কষ্ট পেতে হয় না কিন্তু সমস্যাটা হয় যখন বৈপরীত্যটা করা হয় – বিপ্লবী না বুর্জোয়া - এইভাবে। সিপিআইএম দলকে নানা সময়ে সংগ্রামী ধারার কিছু বামপন্থীরা ‘সামাজিক ফ্যাসিবাদী’ বা বুর্জোয়া দল বলে অভিহিত করেন। আমরা সিপিআইএমকে ফ্যাসীবাদী (সামাজিক, অসামাজিক) মনে করি না সামাজিক ফ্যাসীবাদের তত্ত্ব একটা জঘন্য তত্ত্ব, যেটা ১৯২৮-২৯ থেকে স্ট্যালিনবাদ তৈরী করেছিল। দীর্ঘ ইতিহাসের পর্যালোচনা এখানে সম্ভব না। শুধু এইটুকু মনে রাখা জরুরী - ইতালীতে মুসোলিনীর উত্থান, জার্মানীতে ১৯২১-এর ক্যাপ অভ্যুত্থান, ইত্যাদির পরিপ্রেক্ষিতে লেনিন, ট্রটস্কী, জেটকিন প্রমুখ লড়াই করেছিলেন শ্রমিক শ্রেণীর যুক্তফ্রন্টের জন্য। ১৯২৪ থেকে জিনোভিয়েভ ও স্ট্যালিনের নেতৃত্বে এর পাল্টা একটা নীতি দানা বাঁধে। তারা বলতে থাকেন, যেহেতু সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্রেসী এবং ফ্যাসীবাদ উভয়েই ধনতন্ত্রের স্বার্থ দেখে, তাই সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্রেসী হল আরেক রকম ফ্যাসীবাদ ১৯২৯-এর মে দিবসে বার্লিনে কমিউনিস্টদের আলাদা মিছিল ছিল এবং তাতে সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্রেসীর সরকারের পুলিশের আক্রমণের ফলে তিনদিন ধরে যে সংঘাত হয় তাতে ৩৩ জনের মৃত্যু হয়। কমিউনিস্ট পার্টি দাবী করে - এই ঘটনা দেখাল, তাদের প্রচার সঠিক, সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্রেসী আর ফ্যাসিবাদে তফাত নেই, তাই সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্র্যাট নেতাদের সঙ্গে যুক্তফ্রন্ট সম্ভব নয়। হিটলারের জয়ের পরেও সরাসরি নিজেদের ত্রুটি তারা স্বীকার করে নি। ১৯৩৫ সালে আবার ১৮০ ডিগ্রী ঘুরে গিয়ে যে নয়া পপুলার ফ্রন্ট নীতি ঘোষিত হল, তাতে বলা হল, সব (বুর্জোয়া) ‘গণতান্ত্রিক’ দলেদের সঙ্গেই ফ্যাসিবিরোধী জোট করা যাবে। সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্রেসী যে শ্রমিকশ্রেণীরই একটি অংশ, সে কথা স্পষ্ট করে বলা হল না নিজেদের আগের যে নীতি হিটলারকে নির্বাচনে জিতে ক্ষমতায় বসাতে সাহায্য করেছে সে কথাও স্বীকার করা হল না। তাই স্ট্যালিনবাদ প্রভাবিত ‘কমিউনিস্ট’ দলেদের মধ্যে একই সঙ্গে হঠকারী অতিবাম, আর দক্ষিণপন্থী ধারণা ঢুকে আছে। অতিবামপন্থা শেখায়, অবিপ্লবী শ্রমিক দল বাস্তবে বুর্জোয়া দল, এমন কি ‘সামাজিক ফ্যাসিবাদ’ দক্ষিণপন্থী সুবিধাবাদ শেখায়, ফ্যাসিবাদকে ঠেকানোর জন্য বুর্জোয়া দল সহ সবার সঙ্গেই হাত মেলানো যেতে পারে


এর সঙ্গে আমাদের মতের তফাৎ সংক্ষেপে বলা দরকার। আসলে, শ্রমিক দলেদের একটা খুব ছোটো অংশই বিপ্লবী দল হয়ে ওঠে। ২০১১-র বিশ্লেষণে আমাদের দিক থেকে বলা হয়েছিল - “একবিংশ শতাব্দীর উপযোগী সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্রেসী হওয়ার দিকে তারা এগোচ্ছে, না স্তালিনবাদী কাঠামো রেখে দিয়ে মুখে বিপ্লব, কাজে বুর্জোয়া ব্যবস্থার তল্পিবাহক, এই ভূমিকা পালন করবে, তর্কটা এইটুকুর মধ্যেই সীমাবদ্ধ থাকবে।“ (র‍্যাডিক্যাল, জুলাই ২০১১, পৃঃ ৬) যতদিন সোভিয়েত স্ট্যালিনবাদ সব দেশের কমিউনিস্ট পার্টিদের উপর নিয়ন্ত্রণ রেখেছিল, ততদিন তারা নিজেদের এক কেন্দ্রীয় কর্তব্য মনে করত সোভিয়েত রাষ্ট্রের আমলাতন্ত্রের স্বার্থ দেখা। সোভিয়েত-চীন ফাটলের সময়ে কেউ কেউ কিছুটা স্বাতন্ত্র্য পেয়েছিল। কিন্তু ইতিমধ্যে দশকের পর দশক শ্রেণী সমঝোতা তাদের অনেকের রন্ধ্রে রন্ধ্রে ঢুকে গিয়েছিল। কিন্তু সেটাই বুর্জোয়া দলেদের সঙ্গে তাদের বড় তফাৎ। শ্রেণী সমঝোতার রাজনীতি তখনই করা যায়, যখন দলের সামাজিক ভিত্তি হয় বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণীর শত্রু, অর্থাৎ শ্রমিক শ্রেণী। যারা এই বক্তব্য মানেন না, তারা বলেন, ভারতে তো সব দলেরই ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন শাখা থাকে। আইএনটিইউসি, বিএমএস-ও তো আছে। তাই এআইটিইউসির সঙ্গে সিপিআই, বা সিটু-র সঙ্গে সিপিএমের সম্পর্ক থেকে বাড়তি কোনো সিদ্ধান্ত নেওয়া যায় না


কিন্তু ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন আন্দোলনের সঙ্গে দলের পারস্পরিক সম্পর্ক কী সবক্ষেত্রে এক? সিপিআই-সিপিএম সরকারে গেলে এবং বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণীর সঙ্গে অজস্র রফা, হরেক সহযোগিতা করলেও, নিজেদের অস্তিত্ব বাঁচাতে, ভোট রক্ষা করতে, শ্রমিক সংগঠন ও শ্রমিক আন্দোলনের সঙ্গে যে নিবিড় সম্পর্ক রাখতে হয়, তথাকথিত গণতান্ত্রিক বুর্জোয়া দলেরা সেটা করে না। ফ্যাসিবাদীরা হাতুড়ির বাড়ি মেরে শ্রমিক আন্দোলনকে খতম করতে চায়। অন্য বুর্জোয়া দলেরা যখন ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন গঠন করে, তখন তাদের উদ্দেশ্য, আর সংস্কারবাদী-সুবিধাবাদী দলেদের গড়া বা নেতৃত্ব দেওয়া ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন এক ভূমিকা পালন করে না। গত এক দশক ধরে যে সারা ভারত সাধারণ ধর্মঘটগুলি হয়েছে, তাতে এআইটিইউসি, সিটু যে ভূমিকা পালন করেছে, কংগ্রেস, তৃণমূল কংগ্রেস বা আরএসএস পরিচালিত ইউনিয়নরা সেই ভুমিকা পালন করে নি। দলের মধ্যেও, ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন নেতাদের যে ভূমিকা সিপিআই-সিপিএমের ক্ষেত্রে, কংগ্রেস, তৃণমূল বা বিজেপি ক্ষেত্রে তা আলাদাদলের কিছু নেতাকে ট্রেড ইউনিয়নের নেতা বলে ঘোষণা করা, আর বাস্তবে ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন করা নেতাদের দলের নেতৃত্বে আনা, এক না। তখন বলা হবে, খিদিরপুরের ডকে গুলি চলা, সাঁওতালডিহির বিদ্যুতকর্মী আন্দোলনের উপরে হামলা, মরিচঝাঁপিতে দলিত শরণার্থী যারা মধ্যপ্রদেশ ছেড়ে পশ্চিমবঙ্গে এসেছিলেন, তাদের উপর নির্মম আক্রমণের কথাপ্রশ্ন করা হবে, আমরা কি ভুলে যাচ্ছি বিনয় কোঙারের উদ্ধত উক্তির কথা যে “ওদের লাইফ হেল করে দেব”, আমরা কি ভুলে যাচ্ছি তাপসী মালিকদের কথা?


না, আমরা ভুলি নি। আমরা আশা করি না, যে কিছু বছর কেটে গেছে, তাই পুরোনো অন্যায় খাতা থেকে কেটে বাদ চলে যাবে। কিন্তু শ্রেণী সংগ্রাম কেবল আক্রোশের উপরে দাঁড়িয়ে থাকে না। সিঙ্গুরের জমি দখল ছিল চাষীদের ইচ্ছার বিরুদ্ধে এবং এক অত্যাচারী ঔপনিবেশিক আইন ব্যবহার করে। এই কথা সিপিআইএম গুলিয়ে দিতে চায় আমরা অন্য বহু বামপন্থী সংগঠনের সঙ্গে গলা মিলিয়ে স্মরণ করাব সেই সময়ে সরকারী মদতে কী হয়েছিল সে সব কথা। রোজা লুক্সেমবুর্গদের হত্যার পরেও, অস্ট্রিয়াতে, হাঙ্গেরীতে, জার্মানীতে, ইটালীতে সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্র্যাট দলগুলির বিশ্বাসঘাতকতার পরেও লেনিনের নেতৃত্বে কমিউনিস্ট আন্তর্জাতিক সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্র্যাটদের সঙ্গেই যুক্তফ্রন্টের ডাক দিয়েছিল। তখনও কাউন্সিল কমিউনিস্ট ধারা, জার্মানীর কেএপিডি, ইটালীর কমিউনিস্ট নেতা বর্দিগা ইত্যাদি অনেকেই বলেছিলেন, এ অন্যায়, এটা করা যায় না। লেনিন ও তার কমরেডরা সচেতন ছিলেন, শ্রমিকশ্রেণীর মুক্তি যদি শ্রমিকশ্রেণীকে আনতে হয়, তাহলে শ্রমিকশ্রেণীর অধিকাংশকে এক পতাকার নীচে একজোট হতে হবে এবং বিপ্লবীদের কর্তব্য হবে তাকে বিপ্লবী রাজনীতির অভিমুখ দেওয়ার চেষ্টা করাসেটা কেতাবী ঢংয়ে হবে না। যখন আজকের ভারতে শ্রমিক শ্রেণী বাস্তবে পিছু হঠেছেন, তখন দলে দলে শ্রমিক একজোট হবেন বিপ্লবী দলের পতাকার তলায়, সেটা অবাস্তব। সেটা আরো অবাস্তব কারণ আজকের ভারতের সঙ্গে লেনিনদের যুগের একটা বিরাট তফাত, তখন বিপ্লবীরা সংখ্যালঘু হলেও, বহু দেশেই তারা ছিলেন একটা বড় শক্তি। এই কারণে, সংস্কারবাদী ও বিপ্লবী শিবিরের শক্তির ভারসাম্যের এত ফারাক অভাব, যে বর্তমান পরিস্থিতিতে রাজ্যস্তরে সিপিআই-সিপিআইএম-এর সঙ্গে বিশেষ ক্ষেত্রে ইস্যুভিত্তিক যুক্তফ্রন্ট করা গেলেও, সাধারণ যুক্তফ্রন্ট হয়তো সম্ভব নাকিন্তু এই বিশ্লেষণ দেখাচ্ছে, আমরা কেন শুধুমাত্র বহিরঙ্গের কিছু উদাহরণ দিয়ে বিজেপি তো নয়ই, এমন কি তৃণমূল বা কংগ্রেস বা অন্য বুর্জোয়া দল, আর অন্যদিকে সিপি আই-সিপিআইএমকে একই মুদ্রার এপিঠ আর ওপিঠ ভাবতে রাজি নই। “সমস্ত বিজ্ঞানই অপ্রয়োজনীয় হয়ে যেত, যদি বস্তুর বাইরের চেহারা সরাসরি তার অন্তর্বস্তুর সঙ্গে মিলে যেত” (কার্ল মার্ক্স, ক্যাপিটাল, ৩য় খন্ড, পৃঃ ৯৫৬, পেঙ্গুইন ১৯৯১)


ফ্যাসিবাদের বিপদ কি তবে মেকী? 


না। আদৌ তা নয়। একদিক থেকে যেন ২০২১-এর নির্বাচন অনেক সহজ-সরল ছবি তুলে ধরছে। বিজেপির বিরোধী যারা, তাঁরা সকলেই বলছেন, বিজেপি ফ্যাসিবাদী, বা অন্তত ‘ফ্যাসিবাদী ধাঁচের হিন্দুত্ব’ (সিপিআই(এম) এর কেন্দ্রীয় কমিটির ৩০-৩১ জানুয়ারী ২০২১-এ গৃহীত প্রস্তাবের বয়ান অনুসারে)তবে কি আমরা মনে করতে পারি, আমরা ও আমাদের পূর্বসুরী সংগঠন, ইনকিলাবী কমিউনিস্ট সংগঠন যে ১৯৯০ থেকে বিজেপি-আরএসএস-কে ফ্যাসিবাদী বলে এসেছে, তা সকলে স্বীকার করছে বাস্তবে, এমন মনে করা হবে খন্ডিত সত্য

ক্ল্যাসিকাল ফ্যাসিবাদের সঙ্গে আজকের ভারতের কিছু পার্থক্য আছে। ক্ল্যাসিকাল ফ্যাসিবাদের উত্থান ও জয় হয়েছিল এমন যুগে, এমন সব দেশে, যেখানে বুর্জোয়া গণতান্ত্রিক প্রতিষ্ঠানগুলি ছিল দুর্বল।  মার্ক্সবাদী লেখক আর্নো মেয়ার গবেষণা করে দেখিয়েছেন, প্রায় গোটা ইউরোপ (ফ্রান্স এবং অংশত ব্রিটেন বাদে) ১৯১৪ অবধি আধা-সামন্ততান্ত্রিক, অত্যন্ত আমলাতান্ত্রিক, অভিজাতপ্রধান একটা রাজনৈতিক ব্যবস্থাকে ধরে রেখেছিল। এর বিপরীতে ভারতে ১৯১০-এর দশকের শেষ দিক থেকে প্রধান বুর্জোয়া দল জাতীয় কংগ্রেস সাধারণ মানুষকে জাতীয়তাবাদী মতাদর্শের ভিত্তিতে একজোট করতে চেয়েছিল। ১৯২০-র দশক থেকে কংগ্রেসের মধ্যে একটি ধারা দেখা দেয়, যারা গণতন্ত্র দাবী করেছিল। ১৯৩০-এর দশক থেকে কংগ্রেস মুখে অন্তত এই দাবির পক্ষে ছিল এবং তার ফলে, ও যুদ্ধোত্তর গণবিদ্রোহে কৃষক-শ্রমিক সকলের ভূমিকার ফলে, ১৯৪৭ সালে স্বাধীনতার পর প্রাপ্তবয়স্কদের ভোটের অধিকার সহ অনেকগুলি গণতান্ত্রিক অধিকার মেনে নেওয়া হয়। দেশীয় রাজন্যবর্গের রাজনৈতিক ক্ষমতা কেড়ে নেওয়া হল – হায়দ্রাবাদ ও জুনাগড়ে সামরিক শক্তি প্রয়োগ করে অনেক সময়ে অবশ্য কমিউনিস্ট বিপ্লবী শিবিরে মনে করা হয়েছে, ভারতীয় গণতন্ত্র মেকী গণতন্ত্র। এটা হল এক স্বপ্নের আদর্শ বুর্জোয়া গণতন্ত্রের কথা ভাবা। প্যারি কমিউনের ১৫০ বছরে মনে রাখা দরকার, গণতান্ত্রিক ফ্রান্সও বিপ্লবী শ্রমিক শ্রেণীকে কতটা হিংস্রভাবে দমন করেছিল। তাই বরং বুঝতে হবে, বুর্জোয়া গণতন্ত্র ভারতের শ্রমিকসহ মেহনতী মানুষের উপরে কতটা প্রভাব ফেলতে পেরেছিল এবং তা উগ্র দক্ষিণ এবং বাম, দু’রকম রাজনীতির উপরে কীভাবে ছায়া ফেলেছিল


ফ্যাসিবাদ কী, আর শুধু সঙ্ঘ পরিবারই কী ফ্যাসিবাদী? আরএসএস ফ্যাসিবাদী হলে, কেন্দ্রে কী ফ্যাসিবাদী রাজ পুরোদমে কায়েম হয়ে গেছে? আর এই ফ্যাসিবাদ সাধারণ মানুষের বাড়তি কোনো ক্ষতি করবে কী?

ফ্যাসিবাদের উত্থানের সময় থেকেই  মার্ক্সবাদীদের মধ্যে তার চরিত্র নিয়ে বিতর্ক ছিল। তিন ধরণের ব্যাখ্যার কথা বলা যায়। প্রথমটি ফ্যাসিবাদকে দেখেছিল মালিক শ্রেণীর চক্রান্ত হিসেবে। ১৯২৩ সালে, জার্মান কমিউনিস্ট পার্টির অতিবাম নেতারা দাবী করেন, ফ্যাসিবাদ ইতিমধ্যেই ক্ষমতা দখল করেছে। সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্র্যাটদের দক্ষিণপন্থী রাজনীতিকেও তারা ফ্যাসিবাদের সঙ্গে জুড়ে দিতে চাইলেন। ১৯২৪ সালে কমিউনিস্ট আন্তর্জাতিকের পঞ্চম বিশ্ব কংগ্রেসে ইতালীর কমিউনিস্ট পার্টির নেতা বোর্ডিগা একই তত্ত্ব গ্রহণ করেন। এই আপাতঃ বামপন্থী ব্যাখ্যাকে ধরে নিলেন গ্রেগরী জিনোভিয়েভ ও জোসেফ স্ট্যালিন। স্ট্যালিন বলেন, ফ্যাসিবাদ ও সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্রেসী একে অপরের বিপরীত মেরুতে নেই, বরং তারা যমজ। তাঁর কথায়, “ফ্যাসিবাদ হল বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণীর জঙ্গী সংগঠন, যা নির্ভর করে সোশ্যাল ডেমোক্রেসীর সক্রিয় সমর্থনের উপর” এই আপাতঃ বামপন্থার সবচেয়ে বড় বিপদ হল, ফ্যাসিবাদ শ্রমিক শ্রেণীর প্রতি ঠিক কতটা বিপজ্জনক, সেটা অগ্রাহ্য  করা, কারণ সাধারণ বুর্জোয়া রক্ষণশীলতা আর ফ্যাসিবাদকে এরা অখন্ড বলে ধরেন


এর বিপরীতে ছিলেন নরমপন্থী ধারা, যাঁরা ফ্যাসিবাদের গণ আন্দোলনের চরিত্র দেখে বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণীর সঙ্গে তার সংযোগ দেখতে ব্যর্থ হলেন এরা মনে করলেন, ধনতন্ত্রের মধ্যেও সংস্কার সাধন করে উন্নতির সম্ভাবনা আছে, তাই ব্যাপকতম ফ্যাসিবিরোধী জোট চাই


তৃতীয় যে দ্বান্দ্বিক ধারা দেখা যায়, তাতে ছিলেন ক্লারা জেটকিন, অগাস্ট থ্যালহাইমার, লিওন ট্রটস্কী প্রমুখ। তাদের বিশ্লেষণে দেখানোর চেষ্টা করা হয়, একদিকে ফ্যাসিবাদ পুঁজিবাদের সংগে যুক্ত এবং শ্রমিকের বিরুদ্ধে ফ্যাসিবাদীরা পুঁজিবাদের পক্ষ নেয়। আর অন্যদিকে ফ্যাসিবাদ বুর্জোয়া এলিটের থেকে স্বতন্ত্র, এবং পুঁজিবাদের সঙ্গে তার মৈত্রী হলেও সে নিজের স্বাতন্ত্র বজায় রাখে। যে সব মার্ক্সবাদীরা ফ্যাসিবাদকে অন্য পুঁজিবাদী প্রতিক্রিয়ার থেকে গুণগতভাবে ভিন্ন মনে করতেন না, তাঁদের সমালোচনা করে ট্রটস্কী বলেন, “এরা প্রকৃতপক্ষে বলতে চাইছে, আমাদের সংগঠন টিকে আছে না ধ্বংস হয়ে গেছে, তার মধ্যে কোনো ফারাক নেই” তি্নি বলেন, “ফ্যাসিবাদ হল, আর্থপুঁজির সামাজিক স্বার্থে পেটিবুর্জোয়াদের জমায়েত করা ও সংগঠিত করার একটি বিশেষ পন্থা”  সেই সঙ্গে তিনি বলেন, ফ্যাসিবাদ ক্ষমতা দখলের ফলে একদিকে শ্রমিকশ্রেণীর সংগঠনদের চুরমার করে দেওয়া হবে, আর অন্যদিকে, একচেটিয়া পুঁজির স্বার্থ দেখলেও ফ্যাসিবাদ নিজের স্বতন্ত্র দিশাকে বজায় রাখে


ফ্যাসিবাদের দিকে বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণী কখন ঝোঁকে? 


আমরা আগে বলেছি, দ্বিতীয় বিশ্বযুদ্ধের পর থেকে বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণী দেশে দেশে একরকম প্রাতিষ্ঠানিক গণতন্ত্র বজায় রাখতে চেয়েছিল। তাই উগ্র দক্ষিণপন্থীদের অবস্থা অনেকদিন প্রান্তিক ছিল। কংগ্রেস দল ভারতে মূল শাসক শ্রেণীর দল হিসেবে যে শাসন চালিয়েছিল, তাতে একই সঙ্গে ছিল একটা খুব হাল্কা গণতন্ত্রের ছবি, যেখানে দলিত-আদিবাসী-সংখ্যালঘু ধর্মীয় মানুষের নিরাপত্তা, সামাজিক অগ্রগতির কথা মুখে বলা হত, খুব সীমাবদ্ধ কিছু আইনী ও প্রশাসনিক ব্যবস্থা নেওয়া হত। সেই সঙ্গে ছিল বড় পুঁজির স্বার্থেই অর্থনীতি পরিচালনা করা। সেই পর্বে রাষ্ট্রীয় পরিকল্পনা, মৌলিক বহু ক্ষেত্রে রাষ্ট্রীয় প্রাধান্য বা একচেটিয়া অধিকার রেখে পরিকাঠামো নির্মাণ, শিল্পায়ন ইত্যাদি ঘটেছিল। তার উপর, শ্রেণীসংগ্রামের এক নির্দিষ্ট ভারসাম্যের ফলে শ্রমিকশ্রেণী এবং কৃষকরাও শ্রেণীগত ও সামাজিক গোষ্ঠীগতভাবে কিছু কিছু অধিকার আদায় করেছিলেন। একটা উদাহরণ হল – ব্যাঙ্ক কর্মচারীদের দীর্ঘ লড়াই, যা বাদ দিয়ে, শুধু ইন্দিরা গান্ধীর চতুর চাল হিসেবে ব্যাঙ্ক জাতীয়করণকে দেখা যায় না। তেমনি, ১৯৬০ সালে তৃতীয় বেতন কমিশন ভোগ্যপণ্যের মূল্যের সঙ্গে মহার্ঘ্যভাতাকে যে যুক্ত করেছিল, সেটাও সংগঠিত শ্রমিক-কর্মচারী আন্দোলনের ফল। সব ক্ষেত্রে সরাসরি যোগাযোগ অবশ্যই দেখানো যাবে না, কিন্তু ১৯৪৮-৫১ পর্বে সিপিআই, আরসিপিআই দের জঙ্গী লড়াইয়ের পর, তারা তাৎক্ষণিক বিপ্লবের পথ ছাড়লেও, এই লড়াই-এ তার পিছনে যে শ্রমিক-দরিদ্র কৃষকদের এক উল্লেখযোগ্য অংশের সমর্থন ছিল, তার প্রমাণ ১৯৫১-৫২র সাধারণ নির্বাচনে সিপিআই-এর অন্যতম বড় দল হিসেবে আত্মপ্রকাশএই সময়েই পাশ হল ইএসআই আইন, প্রভিডেন্ট ফান্ড আইন, প্রভৃতি। খাদ্য সংকট ও সবুজ বিপ্লব নীতির সময় থেকে দুটি পদক্ষেপ আসে - একদিকে ন্যূনতম সাহায্য মূল্য দিয়ে খাদ্যশস্য কেনা, আরেক দিকে রেশনব্যবস্থা সম্প্রসারিত করে সস্তায় বন্টন মনে রাখা ভাল ১৯৬৭র সাধারণ নির্বাচনে কংগ্রেস দলের বড় রকম ধাক্কা হয়েছিল। অর্থাৎ, সাধারণ মানুষ (শ্রমিক, নিম্ন মধ্যবিত্ত শহুরে পেটি বুর্জোয়া, কৃষক) ভোটে যেখানে পারেন ধাক্কা দিয়েছিলেন


১৯৮০-র দশক থেকে অর্থনীতির চেহারা পাল্টাতে থাকে। উদারীকরণের পথ ধরে ভারতের শাসক বড় বুর্জোয়ারা। এটা তাদের একার সিদ্ধান্ত নয়, যদিও তারা সচেতনভাবেই ঐ পথ ধরেছিল। কিন্তু ওই সময়ের আগে পরে ‘কল্যাণমূলক’ রাষ্ট্রের বেশভূষা সব দেশে বুর্জোয়ারাই ত্যাগ করতে শুরু করেএই রূপান্তরের ফলে উদ্বৃত্ত মূল্য উৎপাদন এবং তাকে মুনাফা ও নতুন মূলধনে রূপান্তরের জন্য লড়াই তীব্র হয়। অতএব, বেশি শক্তিশালী পাশ্চাত্য, জাপানী পুঁজি, এমনকি অনেক বেশি শক্তিশালী উঠতি চীনা পুঁজির সঙ্গে পাল্লা দেওয়ার জন্য ভারতের বড় বুর্জোয়ারা অনেক বেশী বল প্রয়োগ চায় ভারতের যেহেতু উপনিবেশ লুঠের মাধ্যমে অতিমুনাফা কামানোর জায়গা ছিল না তাই দেশের ভিতরেই সেই অতিমুনাফার ব্যবস্থা করার খাঁই দেখা গেল। সুতরাং বারে বারে দাবী উঠল, অপ্রয়োজনীয় (মালিকের জন্য অবশ্যই) শ্রম আইন ‘সংস্কার’ করতে হবে, কৃষিতে সবক্ষেত্রে বড় পুঁজির অবাধ প্রবেশের ব্যবস্থা করে দিতে হবে ইত্যাদিআদিবাসী অধ্যুষিত এলাকাগুলিতে আইন পাল্টে, আদিবাসী উচ্ছেদ করে, খনিজ সম্পদ লুঠ করা, আদিবাসিদের সস্তায় শ্রমশক্তি বিক্রী করতে বাধ্য করা ছিল তাদের দিশার এক কেন্দ্রীয় দিক। এই প্রতিটা ক্ষেত্রেই নয়া নীতির স্রষ্টা কংগ্রেস। কিন্তু তাদের মধ্যে এ নিয়ে আভ্যন্তরীণ সংকট ছিল, যেহেতু ভোটে জয়ী হওয়ার জন্য তারা দলিত, আদিবাসী, মুসলিম, এই সমস্ত অত্যাচারিত বা অবহেলিত সামাজিক গোষ্ঠী ও স্তরের উপরে নির্ভর করত। তারা মাঝেমধ্যে কিছু ‘প্রগতিশীল’ সামাজিক ছাড় দিত বা দিতে বাধ্য হত। উদাহরণস্বরূপ বলা যায়, যদিও কংগ্রেসের তত্ত্বাবধানে গড়া ভারতীয় সংবিধানে উল্লেখযোগ্য ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদী উপাদান আছে, তবু তারাই আবার সংরক্ষণ চালু রেখেছিল বা দলিত আদিবাসীদের উপর অত্যাচার প্রতিরোধে আইন প্রণয়ন করেছিল। মনমোহন সিং-এর সরকার বিশ্ব ব্যাঙ্ক, আইএমএফ ও ভারতীয় বড় পুঁজির স্বার্থে বিশ্বায়ন প্রক্রিয়াকে এগিয়ে নিয়ে যাওয়ার সঙ্গে সঙ্গে ১০০ দিনের কাজের প্রকল্প চালু করল। কিন্তু বুর্জোয়া গণতন্ত্রের এই ভারসাম্য রক্ষা করে চলা ততদিনই সম্ভব, যতদিন সামাজিক ও অর্থনৈতিক শক্তিদের ভারসাম্য থাকে, আর যতদিন না মুনাফা সঞ্চয় প্রক্রিয়া বড় আকারে বিপদে পড়ে। এই ভারসাম্য চলে গেলে বড় বুর্জোয়ারা রাষ্ট্রের ক্ষমতা বাড়িয়ে, তাদের ঐতিহাসিক স্বার্থরক্ষা করতে চায়। সেজন্য তারা গণতান্ত্রিক পরিসর কমাতে, এমনকি তুলে দিতেও রাজি থাকে এর এক নির্দিষ্ট রূপ হল ফ্যাসিবাদী শাসন। 


আধুনিক সমাজে, যেখানে বুর্জোয়ারা সংখ্যায় অল্প, বড় বুর্জোয়াদের পক্ষে সরাসরি সামনে এসে শাসন করা কঠিন। এমনকি শুধু পুলিশ বা সেনাবাহিনী ব্যবহার করে শাসনেও জটিলতা আছে। শুধুমাত্র কাশ্মীরকে সেনা, আধা-সেনা ও পুলিশ দিয়ে দমন করে রাখতে ভারতের অনেক সমস্যা হয় এবং সেটাও করা যায় জাতীয়তাবাদী মতাদর্শের সাহায্যে। বুর্জোয়া গণতন্ত্রের মধ্যে খেটে খাওয়া মানুষ লড়াই করে অনেক অধিকার আদায় করেছে। এর মধ্যে আছে ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন করার অধিকার, ধর্মঘট করার অধিকার। আছে বহু অর্থনৈতিক ও সামাজিক অধিকার—কাজের ঘন্টা কমানো, ন্যূনতম মজুরী, দলিত-আদিবাসী ও অন্য নিপীড়িত মানুষের জন্য শিক্ষা ও চাকরিতে সংরক্ষণ ইত্যাদি। নারী শ্রমিকদের কাজ করার পরিবেশ সংক্রান্ত বেশ কিছু অধিকারের কথাও বলা যায়—যার মধ্যে সবার আগে পড়ে কাজ করার মৌলিক পরিবেশ থাকা এবং এইজন্য কর্মক্ষেত্রে যৌন হয়রানি বিরোধী আইন। যে অল্প কিছু  ক্ষেত্রে মেয়েরা সংগঠিত, সেখানে আছে মেটারনিটি বেনিফিট, আছে ক্রেশের কথা। এই সব অধিকার নিছক এককথায় বাতিল করা যায় না।  এর জন্য দরকার হয় একটা বিকল্প মতাদর্শের, যার মাধ্যমে শ্রেণীর বিরুদ্ধে শ্রেণী নয়, বরং কৃত্রিমভাবে জাতির বিরুদ্ধে দেশদ্রোহীদের তথাকথিত লড়াইকে হাজির করা হয়। এর জন্য গড়ে তোলা হয় তলা থেকে এক প্রতিক্রিয়াশীল গণআন্দোলন


এই ধরনের গণআন্দোলন প্রত্যেক দেশের নির্দিষ্ট সামাজিক-রাজনৈতিক ইতিহাস থেকে তৈরী হয়। ভারতের ক্ষেত্রে ধর্মীয় সাম্প্রদায়িকতাবাদ তার সূচনা। তার সঙ্গে যুক্ত হয়েছে ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদ আর উগ্র জাতীয়তাবাদ। গোড়া থেকে আরএসএসের এই মতাদর্শ ও তার আন্দোলন বড় বুর্জোয়াদের হাতিয়ার ছিল না। কিন্তু ৯০ বছর ধরে এই শক্তি ভারতে একটি বিকল্প, প্রতিক্রিয়াশীল জাতীয়তাবাদ গড়তে চেয়েছে এবং সমাজে প্রবেশ করে অনেকটা সফল হয়েছে

আরএসএস তার জন্মের সময় থেকেই বলে এসেছে, তাদের দেশপ্রেম মানে এক দেশ যেখানে মুসলিমের স্থান হিন্দুত্বের আধিপত্য মেনে দ্বিতীয় শ্রেণীর নাগরিক হিসেবে, যেখানে দলিতদের নীচে থাকতে হবে। এরা আন্তঃ-জাতি সামাজিক সম্পর্ককে ঘৃণার চোখে দেখে। তাই এদের নব্য মহাপীঠস্থান আদিত্যনাথ শাসিত উত্তরপ্রদেশে পাশ করা হয় ‘লাভ জিহাদ আইন’ যেখানে সরকারী অনুমতি ছাড়া হিন্দু মেয়ে মুসলিম পুরুষকে বিয়ে করতে পারবে না। ঐ রাজ্যেই ধারাবাহিকভাবে দলিত মেয়েদের ধর্ষণ ও খুন; প্রতিবাদ করলে তাদের পরিবারের পুরুষ সদস্য খুন; যা প্রতিদিনকার ঘটনাতে পরিণত হয়েছে।। এর তাত্ত্বিক রূপ হল, শুধু মুসলিম বিদ্বেষ নয়, এদের তাত্ত্বিকরা, যেমন সাভারকার বা অরুণ শৌরি, বাবা সাহেব আম্বেদকারের বিরুদ্ধেও বিষোদ্গার করেছে। ভারতীয়দের সকলকে হিন্দু হতে হবে বা হিন্দুত্বের মাহাত্ম্য স্বীকার করতে হবে, এই কথার প্রাথমিক অর্থ ছিল মুসলিমদের এককোণে ঠেলে দেওয়া - যেটা হল ২০০২ একপেশে দাঙ্গার পর গুজরাটে, যেটা অনেকটা হল মুজফফরনগর দাঙ্গার পর উত্তর প্রদেশে


১৯৯০-এর দশক থেকে পশ্চিমবঙ্গেও আরএসএস ও তার শাখা সংগঠনগুলির প্রভাব বেড়েছে। শুধু অর্থনৈতিকভাবে হতাশাগ্রস্থ পেটি বুর্জোয়া বা অনগ্রসর চেতনাসম্পন্ন শ্রমিকরা না, শিক্ষিত, সুপ্রতিষ্ঠিত পেটি বুর্জোয়া ও দক্ষ শ্রমিকদের মধ্যে এরা প্রবলভাবে ঢুকেছে। এর কারণ হল এই রাজ্যে ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদ বিরোধী চেতনা দুর্বল। আর অন্যদিকে, দেশভাগের ফলে দলিতদের এক উল্লেখযোগ্য অংশ যারা পূর্ব পাকিস্তান/বাংলাদেশ থেকে পালিয়ে এসেছেন, তাদের মধ্যেও মুসলিম বিদ্বেষ জাগিয়ে তুলে ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদী রাজনীতিতে সামিল করা গেছে


যেহেতু ভারতে খুব হাল্কা ধরণের হলেও একটা বুর্জোয়া গণতান্ত্রিক কাঠামো বজায় রয়েছে ৭০ বছরের বেশি,তাই ক্লাসিকাল ফ্যাসিবাদের সঙ্গে এদেশের ফ্যাসিবাদের কৌশলে ফারাক আছে গণতন্ত্রের নামেই তারা এক উগ্র জাতীয়তাবাদী, ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদী এবং অগণতান্ত্রিক ব্যবস্থা আনার দিকে এগোতে চাইছে। যদি ক্রমাগত মেরে মুসলিমদের আরো সংকুচিত হয়ে থাকতে বাধ্য করা যায়, যদি তাদের আরো এক কোণে ঠেলে দেওয়া যায়, তাহলে দুটো জিনিস হয়। প্রথমত, তাদের বড় অংশ নিছক বেঁচে থাকতে চাইবেন, মাথা নীচু করে। ঠিক এইটা হয়েছে ২০০২ এর পরে গুজরাটে। দ্বিতীয়ত, মুসলিমরা যদি আরো এক জায়গাতে কেন্দ্রীভূত হয়ে বসবাস করতে বাধ্য হন, তাহলে মুসলিম প্রভাবিত লোকসভা – বিধানসভা আসন কমবে, আর ওই কটাকে দেখিয়ে সব হিন্দু মিলে হিন্দুর খাঁটি দলকে ভোট দাও এই আহবান করা আরো সহজ হবে। এখানে বিজেপির কৌশল গত তিন দশকে ক্রমে হিটলারের সর্বাত্মক খতম নীতি (ফাইনাল সল্যুশন) থেকে সরে গেছে ইজরায়েলের জায়নবাদীদের পথে। নামে ইজরায়েল ‘গণতন্ত্র’ কিন্তু সে দেশে ইহুদিরা প্রধান। যে কোনো ইহুদী্ সে পৃথিবীর যে প্রান্তে জন্মাক না কেন, তার ‘ফিরে আসার অধিকার’ বলে একটা আইন আছে। আর প্যালেস্তিনীয় আরব, যারা চিরকাল এখানে ছিল, তাদের যখন ইচ্ছা অত্যাচার করা হয়, ড্রোন পাঠিয়ে আক্রমণ করা হয়, পেলেট গান চলে, তাদের ডাক্তারদের গ্রেপ্তার করা হয় – এক কথায়, ছোটো মাপে ভারতে বিজেপি যা শুরু করেছে, সেটারই বড় আকার দেখা যায় ওই দেশে।

 

এই অবস্থায় ২০১৪ থেকে আর এস এস-বিজেপির সঙ্গে ভারতীয় বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণীর যে রফা, তার চরিত্র অতীতের থেকে স্বতন্ত্র। একদিকে, ২০০৮ থেকে বিশ্ব ধনতান্ত্রিক সংকট পুজি সঞ্চয়ের ক্ষেত্রে আন্তর্জাতিক প্রতিদ্বন্দ্বিতা বাড়িয়ে তুলেছিল। অন্যদিকে ২০১০, ২০১২, এবং ২০১৩ তিনবার সারা দেশজোড়া শ্রমিক ধর্মঘট ঘটেছিল। সংসদে বামপন্থীদের গুরুত্ব বাড়ছিল। প্রাদেশিক স্তরে বিভিন্ন রাজ্যে সরকারেরা নিজস্বভাবে চলতে চেয়েছিল। ফলে দেখা গেল, কংগ্রেস নেতৃত্বাধীন ইউ পি এ সরকারের দিশা দক্ষিণপন্থী হলেও ক্ষমতা সীমিত। তাই বুর্জোয়াশ্রেণী মুনাফা এবং পুঁজিসঞ্চয় অব্যহত রাখতে সঙ্ঘ পরিবারের সঙ্গে যে রফা করল তার চেহারা আজ স্পষ্ট


একদিকে, গত ক’বছরে (২০১৪-২০২১) তারা দেখিয়ে দিয়েছে, আইন পরিবর্তন, বেসরকারীকরণ, ইত্যাদি ক্ষেত্রে গোটা দেশের মানুষকে পথে বসিয়ে, শোষণের মাত্রা তীব্র থেকে তীব্রতর করে, ব্যাঙ্ক-বীমা বেসরকারীকরণ, রেল ও বিমান বেসরকারীকরণ, পরিষেবার দাম বাড়ানো, নানা ভাবে মুনাফা এনেছে শুধু বড় পুঁজিপতিদের। একটা পরিসংখ্যান দেখাবে, সাধারন মানুষের অবস্থা কী হয়েছে


 

 

২০১৪

২০২১

পেট্রোল

৬০ টাকা

১০১ টাকা

এল পিজি গ্যাস

৪১৪ টাকা

৮১৯ টাকা

প্ল্যাটফর্ম টিকিট

৫ টাকা

৫০ টাকা

সর্ষের তেল

৫২ টাকা

১৩৫-১৫০ টাকা

দুধ

৩৬ টাকা

৫৬ টাকা

দেশি ঘি

৩৫০ টাকা

৫৫০ টাকা

 


এর উল্টো দিকে দেখতে পাই, ২০১৪ সালে মুকেশ আম্বানির সম্পদ ছিল ১৭১৪৩১ কোটি টাকা। অতিমারি সত্ত্বেও, ২০২০ সালে সেটা হল ৬৬৫০০০ কোটি টাকা। গৌতম আদানীর ২০১৪ সালে ছিল ৫০৪০০ কোটি টাকা। ২০১৯ সালে সেটা হল ১১০০০০ কোটি

পুঁজির স্বার্থ দেখার জন্য তারা ভয়ঙ্ককরভাবে গণতন্ত্রের কন্ঠরোধ করেছে। একের পর এক সাজানো মামলাতে মানুষের অধিকারের জন্য যারা লড়াই করছেন তাদের গ্রেপ্তার করা হয়েছে। বিচারব্যবস্থার উপরে চাপ বেড়েছে। আর একটা কথা বোঝা খুব জরুরী। তাদের আক্রমণের মূল লক্ষ্য কিন্তু কংগ্রেস, আরজেডি, সমাজবাদী পার্টি ইত্যাদিরা নয়। আক্রমণের মূল লক্ষ্য বামপন্থীরা, আর দলিত-আদিবাসী আন্দোলনের কর্মী ও সংগঠনরা এখানে তারা কোনো প্রভেদ করে না, কে বেশি আর কে কম বামপন্থীউমর খালিদ, ঐশি ঘোষ, কানহাইয়া কুমার কে কোন দল করে তার জন্য ছাড় পায় নি। এলগার পরিষদ মামলা ইত্যাদিতে আটক বহু গণতান্ত্রিক আন্দোলনের কর্মী


কেন এই বাম বিরোধিতা


কেন এই বাম বিরোধিতা, সেটা ভাল করে বুঝে নিতে হবে।এর জন্য তাকাতে হবে পার্লামেন্টারী হিসেবের বাইরে, এমনকি আজ সিপিআইএম, সিপিআই, আরএসপি কতটা সহী বাম সেই হিসেবের বাইরে। ফ্যাসিবাদ বুর্জোয়া শ্রেণীকে প্রতিশ্রুতি দেয়, তারা সাধারণ মানুষের মধ্যে পাল্টা (প্রতিক্রিয়াশীল) গণআন্দোলন গড়বে। সেটা কখনো লাভ জিহাদের ধুয়ো তুলে, কখনো দেশপ্রেমের নামে, কখনো গো-রক্ষার নামে, কখনো মুসলমানরা দেশের শত্রু এবং সন্ত্রাসবাদী এই মিথ্যা প্রচারের মাধ্যমে। কেন এটা করে? এর একই সঙ্গে দুটো কারণ। একদিকে, তারা যে দেশ চায়, আমরা বলেছি, সেটা হল অত্যাচারী, উচ্চবর্ণের হিন্দু শাসিত দেশ। তাই হিন্দুত্ব,এবং তার মধ্যেই আবার জাতের লড়াই, দুটোই করতে হবে। কিন্তু অন্য কারণ হল, মালিকদের স্বার্থে তারা যে কাজ করছে, তার বিরুদ্ধে শ্রমজীবী মানুষ জোট বাঁধলে সেটা শ্রেণীগতভাবে হবে। সেখানে আরজেডি, ডিএমকে, ইত্যাদি কেউ আসে না। ভোটবাক্সের বাইরে এই লড়াইয়ে দুটো শ্রেণীগত অবস্থানের লড়াই চলছে। ফ্যাসিবাদিরা শ্রেণীর নাম নেয় না - তারা পবিত্র হিন্দু-ভারতীয় জাতির কথা তোলে এবং শ্রেণী চেতনার সরাসরি বিরোধিতা করে। স্বাস্থ্য, শিক্ষা, পরিবহন সস্তা করা, সকলের জন্য রেশন ফেরানো, কৃষি আইন বাতিল করা, শ্রম কোড বাতিল করা—এগুলো তো কংগ্রেসের অ্যাজেন্ডাতে একবিন্দুও পড়ে না। সীতারাম ইয়েচুরি বা ডি রাজারা যে রোজ এই নিয়ে ভীষণ উত্তেজিত এবং লড়ছেন তা নয়। কিন্তু বাস্তব কথাটা হল, ভারতে এখনও এই সব দাবী যে ভাষায় ওঠে, সেটা বামপন্থার ভাষা। ভোটের জন্য যখন তৃণমূল কংগ্রেস ২০২০-র ডিসেম্বর থেকে কল্পতরু সাজতে চেয়েছে, তখন তাকে বুর্জোয়া সংবাদপত্র বা টেলিভিশনে বামপন্থীদের অনুকরণ করার দায়েই অভিযুক্ত করা হয়েছে। বিজেপি এই ব্যাপারে একেবারে খোলা কথা বলছে। তারা হাত জোড় করে ভোট চাইবে না। তারা প্রতিশ্রুতি যেটা দেবে সেটা সবার জন্য চাকরির লড়াই নয় ন্যূনতম মজুরি বাড়ানো, ১০০ দিনের কাজে ব্যয়বরাদ্দ বাড়ানো, ফসলের সরকারি মান্ডি খারিজ না করা, ফসলের ন্যূনতম গ্যারান্টি দাম, এই ধরনের প্রসঙ্গে কথা উঠলে, ভোটে যেই জয়ী হোক না কেন, বামপন্থী পরিভাষা, বামপন্থী চেতনার একটা রূপ এসে যায়। ২০১৪ থেকে, এই প্রতর্ক, এই চেতনাকে ধংস করা বিজেপির কেন্দ্রীয় লক্ষ্য। পাকিস্তানে বোমা ফেলা, অর্ণব গোস্বামীর টুইটারের কথোপকথন ফাঁস হয়ে দেখা যায় কিভাবে পরিকল্পিত ঘটনা ঘটিয়ে ফয়দা ওঠানোর ছক ছিল৩৭০ ধারার বিলোপ, রামমন্দির ইত্যাদি করেও শ্রেণী সংগ্রামের ভূতকে তারা ঘাড় থেকে নামাতে পারে নি। শ্রম আইন, ব্যাঙ্ক ও বীমা বেসরকারীকরণ, যে অনেকটা পরে হয়েছে ও হতে চলেছে, তার জন্য পার্লামেন্টে বিরোধীরা দায়ী না। তৃণমূল কংগ্রেসকে ভোট দিয়ে ফ্যাসিবাদ রোখার স্বপ্ন যারা দেখছেন, তারা দেখান, পার্লামেন্টে বহু গুরুত্বপূর্ণ ভোটে তৃণমূল আসলে কি করেছিল। লড়াই যা করেছে সেটা ট্রেড ইউনিয়নরা করেছে, এখন কৃষক আন্দোলন করছে। কিন্তু ভোট সবসময়েই বাস্তব শ্রেণী সংগ্রামের এক বিকৃত প্রতিফলন ঘটায়। কংগ্রেস হাতও তোলে নি কৃষক আন্দোলনের লড়াইয়ে নামতে, অথচ পাঞ্জাবে এই ক’দিন আগে তারা বিপুল ভোটে স্থানীয় নির্বাচনে জয়ী হল। কিন্তু যারা নিজেদের বিপ্লবী মনে করি, কমিউনিস্ট মনে করি, তাদের কাজ নয়, যেন তেন ভোট পরিচালিত করার চেষ্টা করা। ট্রেড ইউনিয়ন আন্দোলনের নানা সীমাবদ্ধতা সত্ত্বেও বুঝতে হবে, তাতে ঐক্য আনার চেষ্টা, সর্বভারতীয় স্তরে সাধারণ ধর্মঘটে সকলকে টানার চেষ্টা করেছে বাম ট্রেড ইউনিয়নগুলিই


একইভাবে, গণতান্ত্রিক অধিকারের কথা তুললে বিজেপি  বা তার সমর্থকরা বারে বারে বলে - রাশিয়াতে, চীনে, উত্তর কোরিয়াতে কি গণতন্ত্র ছিল বা আছে? আমরা স্ট্যালিন জমানা, মাও-দেং জমানা, উত্তর কোরিয়া, কোনোটাকেই সমাজতন্ত্রী মনে করি নাওই সমস্ত শাসনে সন্ত্রাসের সবচেয়ে বড় শিকার ছিলেন সাধারণ শ্রমিক ও কৃষকরাইকিন্তু আমরা একথাও জানি, যে মার্ক্স-এঙ্গেলস থেকে দ্বিতীয় আন্তর্জাতিক হয়ে রুশ বিপ্লব ও কমিউনিস্ট আন্তর্জাতিকের গোড়ার যুগ প্রশস্ততর গণতন্ত্রের জন্যই লড়াই করেছিল এবং এদেশের বাম আন্দোলনে স্ট্যালিনবাদের পাশাপাশি ঐ ঐতিহ্যের উপস্থিতিও আছে। দ্বিতীয় যে জায়গাটা আছে, যেখানে বামপন্থার মধ্যে দুর্বলতা আছে, সেটা হল বিশেষ নিপীড়ন সম্পর্কে তত্ত্বগত স্তরে, লড়াইয়ের দাবিতে এবং সাংগঠনিক স্তরে দুর্বলতা।


বাম রাজনীতি ছাড়া বিজেপি কিন্তু ঠিক এই জায়গাগুলিতেই শত্রু খুঁজে নিয়েছে। তাদের চোখে স্বাধীন দলিত আন্দোলন ক্ষতিকর এবং তাকে থামাতে হবে। ডঃ আম্বেদকার বা কাঁশিরাম বিভিন্ন সময়ে দলিতদের একজোট করে যে লড়াই করেছেন বিজেপি তাকে নষ্ট করতেই চায়। দলিতদের তারা চায় তাদের ফ্যাসিবাদী যুদ্ধের পদাতিক সৈন্য হিসেবে। তাই পশ্চিমবঙ্গের রাজনৈতিক প্রেক্ষাপটে তারা মতুয়াদের মধ্যে সংগঠিত প্রচার করেছে। অথচ তারা স্বাধীন দলিত রাজনীতিকে, আদিবাসী রাজনীতিকে ধংস করতে চায়। যারা মনে করে, দলিত সমতার চিন্তাই অপরাধ, তারা স্বাভাবিকভাবে স্বাধীন দলিত সংগঠনের বিরোধী হবে। কিন্তু দলিতদের দলে টানতেও হবে। তাই একদিকে প্রগতিবাদী দলিত আন্দোলন, আম্বেদকারবাদী চেতনা ও সংগঠনকে আক্রমণ করার সঙ্গে সঙ্গে দলিতদের আত্মসাৎ করার চেষ্টা চালানো হয়েছে। কিন্তু মনে রাখা, দলিতদের কাছে ব্যাখ্যা করা দরকার, সংঘের ‘হিন্দু সমাজ’ দলিতদের ঠাঁই দিতে চায় দাঙ্গাতে মুসলিমের গলা কাটার জন্য, ভোটে জেতার জন্য। কিন্তু তার বেশি না। তাই তথাগত রায় বাঙ্গালী শরণার্থীদের (প্রধানত নিপীড়িত জাতের) জন্য চোখের জল ফেলে, আর ওই বিজেপি-ই রোহিত ভেমুলার প্রাতিষ্ঠানিক হত্যা, আম্বেদকার স্টুডেন্টস অ্যাসোসিয়েশনের উপর আক্রমণ, হাথরাসে দলিত মেয়ে ধর্ষণ ও হত্যার পর তার দেহ দাহ করে ফেলা (যাতে পোস্ট মর্টেম ঠিক করে না হয়) এই সব করে


পৃথিবীর সর্বত্রই, ফ্যাসিবাদী মতাদর্শের আর একটি ভিত্তি হল লিঙ্গ বৈষম্য।। সেটা এক এক দেশে সেই দেশের পরিস্থিতি অনুযায়ী নির্দিষ্ট রূপ নেয়। এদেশে একদিকে তারা আনছে লাভ জিহাদ আইন। আবার সুপ্রীম কোর্ট যেখানে এক শ্রেণির তিন তালাককে অবৈধ বলেই দিল, তার পরেও যে আইন পাশ করা হল, তাতে তিন তালাক দিলে স্বামীকে জেলে দেওয়া হবে বলা হল। যেখানে ওই ধরণের তিন তালাক অবৈধ, সেখানে আলাদা আইন কেন? আর স্বামীকে জেলে ঠেলে দিলে কীভাবে পরিত্যক্তা স্ত্রীর ভরণপোষণ স্বামী করবে? বাস্তবে এটা স্রেফ মুসলিম বিদ্বেষী জিগির তোলার জন্য এবং লিঙ্গ রাজনীতিকে নিজের স্বার্থে ব্যবহার করার জন্য পদক্ষেপ। একই ভাবে, রূপান্তরকামী/রূপান্তরিতরা নিজেদের আত্মপরিচিতির যে লড়াই করছিলেন, আর তাকে যেভাবে বিকৃত করে আইন পাশ করা হল তা তাদের প্রতি সমর্থন দেখায় না।বরং দেখা গেল, ২০১৪-র নালসা মামলার রায় এবং ২০১৮-র ৩৭৭ ধারা সমকামীদের উপর প্রয়োগ অসাংবিধানিক এই রায়ের পরও বিজেপি এবং তাদের সরকার বাধ্যতামূলক বিসমকামী বিবাহ এবং তা ধর্মীয় চেতনাকেন্দ্রীক করে রাখা নিয়ে কত লড়াই করছে। এই বিষয়ে আদালতে যে মামলা চলছে, তাতে সরকারের প্রতিবেদনে ধর্মের উপর যে জোরটা পড়েছে সেটা স্পষ্ট। ধর্মে বিয়ের কারণ সন্তান উৎপাদন - বিশেষ করে পুরুষ সন্তান উৎপাদন আমরা ভালই জানি, এক নারী ও এক পুরুষের বিয়েতেও সন্তানের জন্ম দেওয়া একমাত্র বা প্রধান উদ্দেশ্য নাই হতে পারে। কিন্তু একই লিঙ্গের দুজনের বিয়ে হলে স্পষ্টভাবেই সন্তানের জন্ম হবে না। তাই এখানে পরিবারের রক্ষণশীল ধারণাকে সামনে এনে দিয়ে ওই বিয়ে ঠেকাতে চাওয়া হচ্ছে। 


পরিবার কেন জরুরী? পরিবার সঙ্গ দেয়, পরিবার নিরাপত্তা দেয়। তাহলে সেই পরিবার কেন দুই মেয়ের বা দুই পুরুষের পরিবার হবে না? কেনই বা ট্রান্সজেন্ডারদের পরিবার হবে না? (সরকার জোর দিয়েছে—বায়োলজিক্যাল ম্যান এন্ড বায়োলজিক্যাল ওম্যান  কথা দুটোর উপরে) এর কারণ হল পুরুষতন্ত্র এবং পুঁজির আজকের সম্পর্ক। রাষ্ট্র এবং মালিক, সবকিছু থেকে হাত গোটাচ্ছে। রাষ্ট্র সামাজিক নিরাপত্তা দেওয়ার দায়িত্ব অস্বীকার করছে। মালিক মুনাফার পাহাড় ছাড়া কিছুই বোঝে না। তাহলে শ্রমিকের নিরাপত্তা কে দেবে? পরের প্রজন্মের শ্রমিকের জন্ম, লালন-পালন, সব কে করবে? বিনা খরচে সে সব করতে হলে পরিবারের পুরোনো মতাদর্শের সঙ্গে আধুনিক ধনতন্ত্রের যোগাযোগ করে দিতে হবে।  আর সেইজন্য, সমলিঙ্গের দুজনের বিয়ে রাষ্ট্রের পছন্দ না। সরাসরি বলা দরকার, লিঙ্গ সমতার রাজনীতিকে  হিন্দুত্ব ও ব্রাহ্মণ্যবাদ বিরোধী লড়াইয়ের সঙ্গে যুক্ত হতে হবে


করণীয় কি?


ওপরের আলোচনার ভিত্তিতে আমরা বলতেই পারি ফ্যাসিবাদকে দুর্বল করতে চাই যুক্তফ্রন্ট। সমস্ত ধরণের বামপন্থীদের এবং পরিচিতিসত্তার কারণে বৈষম্য ও নিপীড়নের বিরুদ্ধে প্রগতিবাদী সংগঠন,মঞ্চ, উদ্যোগের যুক্তফ্রন্ট। চাই ইতিহাস, শিক্ষাক্ষেত্র, সংস্কৃতি, বিজ্ঞানের জগতে তীব্র মতাদর্শের লড়াই। আর সর্বোপরি এই লড়াইয়ে চাই শ্রেণী অভিমুখ, কেননা ফ্যাসিবাদকে অর্থ যোগানো, গণমাধ্যমের ব্যবহার থেকে সমস্ত ধরণের উপাদান সরবরাহ করে যে পুঁজিবাদ, তাকে সরাসরি আঘাত না করে ফ্যাসিবাদকে হারানো সম্ভব নয়। শ্রেণী অভিমুখ চাই যুক্তফ্রন্টের ঐক্যের সাধারণ ভিত্তি হিসেবে।


পশ্চিমবঙ্গ বিধানসভা নির্বাচন ২০২১

EDUCATING MONSIEUR MACRON: COLONIALISM AND CARTOONS

$
0
0

Note by administrator

This is not by Radical Socialist or by a member of Radical Socialist. However, we find this an interesting article, and hope more discussion may be stimulated from this.

 

EDUCATING MONSIEUR MACRON: COLONIALISM AND CARTOONS

 

Working for a wage, a cartoonist often obliges his masters.

 

Unmati Syama Sundar

 

The French cartoons against the prophet of Islam while claiming to be sketched in the ink of good faith and while claiming to have the motto of free speech written on its enlightened forehead has in actuality quite something else—not freedom of speech, most certainly nothing to do with secularism and the rights of ‘man’ and the citizen.  Secularism is indeed an extremely important idea. The fact that by and large, it is the right-wing extremists that have disdain for secularism must be remembered. But also the fact that secularism has not merely one meaning namely the separation of religion from matters of the state and behind the idea of secularism is absolute humanism must also be remembered. Secularism is thus not about banning veils, just as religion is not about terrorizing people. Nations that are governed by the rule of law and Constitutional Democracy do need to create a code of conduct where the banner of free humanity can be held high.  

Consequently when Monsieur Emmanuel Macron as the Honorable President of France on October 2020 in the midst of the Covid carnage outlined a new law to check what he imagined was “Islamic separatism” where “foreign influences” were to be freed from French discourse, the question as to what these “foreign influences” are which are enslaving poor France needs an explanation. The Honorable President of France, the most good and civilized Monsieur Emmanuel Macron, is most certainly an honorable man. Like the average French citizen he was once upon a time student of philosophy working on Machiavelli and wonders of wonders also studying Hegel. And like an average French citizen he worked under the philosopher Paul Ricoeur and typically ‘French’ became member of the Socialist Party. But then just as Goethe’s Faust was possessed by the two souls that raided his unfortunate breast, he joined the French Civil Services to become an investment banker at Rothschild & Co to boost his philosophical credentials. Without doubts one cannot doubt the credentials of this Honorable President of France not to forget citizen of the free world. So when citizen Macron speaks, not only must we hear, but also obey.

            And what is so important in this fantastic Monsieur that we must not only hear most attentively but also obey?  One must note how in 2015 he, the good citizen of the free world, in his post-socialist mood as Minister of economy, industry and digital data went to deregulate the economy and rammed what is known as the “Macron law”.  While this first “Macron law” dealt with the free and unbridled movement of finance capital, another law was to come in—to stop the not so free and unbridled movement of Muslims and Islam.

            Thus when Macron condemned the brutal and ghastly beheading of the French school teacher—in ISIS style—by a youth from Chechnya for depicting the Prophet of Islam and when the free world applauded Macron for crying out against “Islamic radicalism, “separatism” and the “crisis of Islam” one wondered what to make out from this one time assistant of Ricoeur, one time socialist and one time investment banker. Was he laying out the rules of what freedom of speech means against the murderous assassins or was he laying out new rules of engagement?  

            And since we are talking of Hegel one must mention his idea of essence (Wesen) that lies behind appearances. One must look not only into the essence of Macron’s idea of “Islamic violence and separatism” that is against “tolerance” and “freedom of speech”, but also in the idea of the “secular” itself. After all, one may ask: “Why the fury of the Muslim world against the cartoons that first emerged in the French magazine Charlie Hebdo?” While it would be important to look into the essence of the cartoons and the alleged free speech argument, it is also important that not only is there a narrative behind these cartoons but in fact a political narrative of colonial hegemony behind cartoons per se (and not merely the cartoons in Charlie Hebdo). One here needs to recall the infamous “Ambedkar cartoons”. Take the National Herald of 7 November 1948 lampooning of Ambedkar with the Constitution which shows Ambedkar propagating what the cartoon calls “New Untouchability” because Ambedkar warned the rural subalterns to be wary of the caste oligarchs. Yes this is what the cartoon says, just as the series of cartoons against Ambedkar said. Because Ambedkar was critical of the Indian village system with its essential caste system governed by the caste oligarch, he is said to have produced “Untouchability”. For the cartoons, Ambedkar did not evoke a critique of the caste oligarchs and rural landlordism, but propagated ‘Untouchability” against the landlords. According to the cartoon, Ambedkar is not the one who destroys the entire caste system, but the one who heralds a new caste system with its “New Untouchability”.

            While supporters of Charlie Hebdo and the right not only to free speech but the right to offend would claim that this magazine periodically lampoons all religions and not merely Islam, it must be stated that to lampoon people who have been bombarded from their homes, whose countries have been destroyed on the basis of lies (the argument of “weapons of mass destruction”) has nothing to do with “freedom” of whatever sort. For behind the idea of freedom lies the idea of humanity, humanity as humanity, and not enslaved, humiliated and tortured humanity. Thus what we need to see behind the idea of “freedom” including “freedom of expression” is the idea of “free humanity”.

            But France with its history of colonialism and as the champion of the bourgeois world does not only produce cartoons in its factories, but also produces deadly jet planes which it exports to Third World nations to bomb other Third World nations. So what do we get from this deadly production of cartoons and jets? We come to know that France is the epitome of the “free world” whose civilizing mission is to teach civilization to the barbarians of Asia and Africa, especially to the Muslims.

            But what do we get in return? We get violence—jihad! But we learn something more. Just as Lenin taught us the difference between just and unjust wars and that just wars are necessary to free humanity from the chains of capitalism and imperialism, so too now the Muslims take this Leninist theme and wage jihad on the free and civilized world.

            But we learn something more. We learn that just as violence lies in the very soul of communism, so too violence lies in the satanic soul of not only Muslims, but in the very soul of Islam itself. This ideological caricature of Marxism was manufactured by the world bourgeoisie for over a century. After the fall of the Soviet Union a new enemy had to be created. One Prophet had to go (Marx), another had to be lampooned.  Both we are told created utopias. One promised heaven on earth, the other paradise in the netherworld.

            And if to the defenders of the imperialist caricature we say that it is occupation and humiliation that are behind your cartoons, to the assassins we say that behind the Ayatollahs lie the muscled arms of American imperialism. After all, one needs to see who brought the Ayatollahs to Iran in 1979 and who ruined Iran turning a free nation into a Stalinist version of Islam. The godfather and mentor of this caricatured and false image of Islam was the then CIA chief William Casey who facilitated the Regan administration trade arms to the Islamic Republic of Iran and diverting the profits from these to the anti-Sandinista contras in Nicaragua.

            What we learn from this is that just as imperialism needs the comprador agents and the patron needs the clients, the manufacturer of cartoons needs assassins. It is here that we see that behind the façade of liberty, equality and fraternity lie infantry, cavalry and artillery.  For France, as for capitalism in general, both freedom and infantry are commodities to be sold in the world market. And that is why when the capitalist and imperialist worlds talk of freedom, kindly see on whose back does this alleged freedom ride on. You will clearly see that it is on the backs of infantry, cavalry and artillery. 

Some thoughts on “Care”

$
0
0
 

One of the most obvious things that has become clear during the pandemic is the importance of care in our societies. What became very clear in this economic crisis and the pandemic is that the care system as it is currently organised, is woefully inadequate for the job that it is needed for it to do. Moreover, different types of care are required depending on our stages in life and circumstances in life. So what this piece is beginning to address is the importance of care in our societies and the problems with how it is currently done.

If we are to transform the manner in which care is provided, we must first understand the importance of it in our societies, the manner in which it is being done, and understand that those getting support and assistance and those providing support and assistance in the historical and the current care system have lived with a system that covers neither of their needs. Workers are treated as unskilled, receive low pay and have awful working conditions. Those getting support and assistance are objectified and treated as “vulnerable”, unable to express their wishes and their needs. The infantilisation of those getting support and assistance has led to their expressions of self-determination ignored; they are treated as though they are unable to express their wants and desires or to explain their needs. Even worse, they are treated as “burdens” in our societies, unable to work and provide for themselves like working class people are supposed to be doing. What needs to be recognised is that disability is a socially based oppression caused by how the capitalist system views the role of the majority as workers; it is not the impairments that cause the oppression but how society deals with those that have impairments and the role of working class people in the society.

What we need to be fighting for is for those that need care and assistance to be able to live as independently as they are able to do. This means that they are not treated as the passive recipients of a service but as valued members of our societies that they are. That means that their voices and their expression of their needs must play a central role in the manner in which support and assistance they receive is given.

In the next pieces for the ACM, I will begin to raise the issues of how we together can change and transform the provision of care to actually cover the needs of those that need support and assistance as well as addressing the abysmal working conditions and pay that those that work in the care sector. Standing as allies alongside of those working in the care sector as well as allies for disabled people that get support and assistance is solidarity work which we must do. What is needed is a major transformation in how we think of care, how it is provided and the needs of those that actually get support and assistance to ensure that they have some control over the support and assistance they receive. Many of these ideas have come out of the ’Disabled People’s Movement’ and address issues such as the rights of self-determination, independent living and ensuring that the voices of disabled people are heard and listened to.

What have we learned from the pandemic?

The current situation in the provision of care that has been made so clear by the pandemic has led to calls for increased funding for social care; this is the case in many advanced capitalist countries. President Biden has included a massive increase in funding for care in his proposed budget, this problem has also been recognised in Britain and other advanced capitalist countries as a serious problem that must be addressed However, the organisation of care and the role it plays in our societies given the over-reliance on the private sector to sort economic problems means that the actual input of how this should be envisaged is not developed and we are left with the feeling that even if we could get government funding for this important sector, the manner in which provision is carried out is simply not being developed.

The failure of the capitalist system itself to ensure that this important series of services exists provided by the private sector became clearly evident during the pandemic. The importance of profitability in the capitalist system and how it relates to production decisions cannot address the social needs of our population adequately. In a private system, either the family itself has to cover the costs of care or do it themselves. Given stagnant incomes and an economic crisis, this means that unless you have the finances, you cannot obtain care. What care has become in this situation is perhaps decent provision for those can afford it, but insufficient or non-existent provision for everyone else; there is often a two-tier system available for those people that can pay for it from the private sector. Moreover, we need to raise the provision of care through the public sector which is grossly underfunded and has often been a “one size fits all” type of provision rather than ensuring that the specific needs of those receiving care are addressed. Additionally, most of public sector care has been privatised in the age of neoliberalism through either local councils or local towns or cities paying private sector agencies for care provision or money given to those needing care and assistance so that they can arrange the support and assistance needed.

The Women’s Budget Group has compiled the following information for Britain about women and the pandemic:

- Women are the majority of employees in industries with some of the highest Covid-19 job losses, including retail, accommodation and food services.

- Overall, more women than men have been furloughed across the UK, and young women have been particularly impacted. Estimates for the end of January 2021 see a significant rise in furloughing as a result of the third national lockdown, reaching 32 million for women, and 2.18 million for men.

- Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) women began the pandemic with one of the lowest rates of employment. In 2020 this was still the case, with BAME women’s employment at 62.5% and the highest rate of unemployment at 8.8% (compared with 4.5% for White people and 8.5% for BAME people overall). Between Q3 2019 and Q3 2020, the number of BAME women workers had fallen by17%, compared to 1% for White women.

- 46% of mothers that have been made redundant during the pandemic cite lack of adequate childcare provision as the cause. 70% of women with caring responsibilities who requested furlough following school closures in 2021 had their request denied. This has led to almost half (48%) worried about negative treatment from an employer because of childcare responsibilities.

- Employment for disabled people has fallen more rapidly during the crisis than for non-disabled people (1.9% compared with 1.1%) and disabled people are currently 2.5 times more likely to be out of work than non-disabled people.

- During the first national lockdown, those in low-paid work were twice as likely to be on furlough, or have their hours reduced than those in higher income jobs, hitting women in particular as there are twice as many women as men in the bottom 10% of earners.

What additionally became evident during the pandemic is the role of women in doing the work that is formally treated as care in the economy and what happens when the underfunded inadequate care sector has to pick up the pieces in a global pandemic without the necessary resources. For something so deeply essential in our societies to be left to either a private system based on profitability or to be covered by families individually has not only been demonstrated to be problematic at best, it has enshrined in the system itself, the oppression of women doing unpaid labour in the home. Moreover, those doing care in the home for their family members get limited financial and material support; there is a small benefit stipend for those caring at home for family members in Britain, certainly not enough to live on. This work continues throughout your working life and into your retirement, we often see retired disabled women continuing to care for their family members. Finally, if we are really trying to ensure that social needs are covered in our societies, we need to discuss this issue of provision of care in our societies as social issues, not individual problems which need to be addressed individually.

What is care work?

When we think of care, what is it that we are talking about and how is currently conducted? Care in our societies is a very broad thing. If we simply just think about the issue of raising children, it ranges from childcare at home, in crèches and nursery schools, and some care is in done in schools by guidance counsellors and other support staff and even teachers. There is, of course, support and assistance for those with impairments and under the notion of care, we must include support and assistance for the elderly and retired at different stages of their lives. Care is provided in the medical profession by physiotherapists, by nurses, etc. Moreover, aspects of care are also conducted in social work, in support for marginalised communities, in shelters for those fleeing domestic violence, and in mental health support just to name a few.

Care in our society exists in a broad range of things; from support at home by family, social services visitations at home, in nurseries (where it is combined with education and includes socialisation), in nursing and care homes and it falls under public and private service provision. A large part of caring falls under the title of social reproduction which is primarily done by women at home; this includes of course, caring for children, socialising them for their future roles in society, it includes caring for family and extended family members that are sick, that have impairments and that are elderly. One way to think of this is that care at home provides emotional support, physical assistance for tasks that need to be done for people either who cannot work (due to age and some impairments) and to ensure food, clothing, a clean home, and even nursing for those that need it.

The economics of care

When women do this work at home for free, we are providing a service for the society (which is often seen as being a good mother, daughter, sister, grandmother or aunt) as these are essential things that if the capitalist system needed to pay for directly (even if they dump it on the state to cover through taxation, it means a change in the nature of goods and services produced in our countries) it would impact on profits and surplus value produced in the system as a whole it would increase the costs of that which is necessary to not only physically reproduce the working class, but to ensure that the skills that the economy requires in order to cover its costs (and wages are a cost to the capitalist system) which must be done in order for the economic system to be continuous. Rather than treating the provision of care covered by the society it falls under the rubric of personal responsibility.

If you think about it, the system itself needs to ensure not only the sufficient raw materials needed for current (and future) production, and it needs to eventually replace fixed capital which depreciates over time. Moreover, the fact that labour power is an essential part of the production of goods and services means that since replacement of the labour force takes place over time (there are child labour laws and also infants cannot work) this future generation of workers needs to be fed, clothed, loved, access health care, get education an socialisation as they cannot survive without this. But since it is the sale of labour power that the working class does, it is not only the physical reproduction that the capitalist economy needs to be reproduced, but the skills and ability needed for workers to do their jobs in the future. Although we often treat the ability to labour as indistinguishable, the reality is that there are specific skills, knowledge, education that comprise the sale of labour power. Some of these things are taught at home, but others are taught in education, training, and on the job learning.

The provision of care

One of the main problems that have occurred due to austerity is the destruction of government funding for the care sector and increasing privatisation of work done in this sector in the advanced capitalist world. Privatisation impacts on the quantity of care that is available that you can access (it needs to remain profitable if privatised). It impacts also the quality of care available and whether someone can actually access the support and assistance they need (again, it needs to remain profitable). Rather than ensure that people’s needs are being met, care and nursing homes have become institutionalised as warehouses for those needing support and assistance as well as basic medical help.

Women and care work

What became obvious during the pandemic is that the manner in which care is being provided has serious consequences for women and these consequences not only continue the oppression of women at home doing unpaid labour, but it also impacts upon our work in the labour market. It does this in several ways.

On the one hand, given our caring responsibilities to our immediate and extended families, women are often forced into part-time employment in order to be available to cover childcare and care for family members that are sick, have impairments and are elderly. This means that women with care responsibilities at home are trapped in part-time often low paid jobs to cover their caring responsibilities at home; often they need to do several part-time jobs to ensure that they have an income as well as to caring responsibilities.

On the other hand, the reality is that women are also overwhelmingly those working in care sector provision across professions and employments. We work in nurseries and crèches, we are primary school teachers whose work has a strong component of care as well. We are those that work for private agencies send care workers into homes to assist and support those with impairments, we work in care and nursing homes providing support and assistance and we are predominantly those working in social work offering support and assistance. Moreover, it has become increasingly evident that our care work is viewed and treated as unskilled labour which means that we get low pay and bad working conditions.

Also given the way that the private care sector is organised, we are often working alienated from each other as we go from private homes to different workplaces to provide assistance and support; that means that building relationships with co-workers is difficult and addressing working conditions and pay requires a collective effort in trade unions and trade union organisation and recognition for “unskilled” workers working individually is very hard.

An additional consideration is that because those working in the care sector do this work because they enjoy caring for those needing support and assistance, demanding better wages and conditions may be seen by them to be overstepping.

Ali Treacher, a care worker and trade union organiser, explains the difficulties in organising care workers in her article:

Often, carers believe that they do the work they do for moral reasons as opposed to economic ones, and that the two are counterposed. To ask for more money, or to ask for value and recognition or to engage in class struggle, is to be a bad carer. The idea is that we don’t do this because we have to pay our bills, we do it because we care. Even when workers are making arguments for higher pay, they often revert back to saying: “We need this because the quality of care needs to be better for the service user.” If we do anything for ourselves, it can be painted as selfish. That narrative and false class consciousness is a massive barrier, because it is so culturally ingrained and tied up with the role of women as unpaid caregivers throughout the history of capitalism.

The Women’s Budget Group analysed the state of the care sector in Britain and found the following horrible state of affairs in Britain:

• The need to reform the social care sector is long overdue. Decades of cuts, deregulation and privatisation have left the sector in crisis and ill-equipped to respond adequately to the Covid-19 pandemic. In addition, throughout the Covid-19 pandemic, the social care sector has been treated as the “poor relation” to the NHS, with less access to PPE, testing and resourcing.

• As a result, those in need of care and those providing care – the majority of whom are women – have been disproportionately impacted by Covid-19. At the peak of deaths in the first wave (last week of April 2020), there were 2,769 deaths involving Covid-19 in care homes in the UK compared with 938 in hospital.

• Care workers are twice as likely to die from Covid-19 as non-key workers, with Black, Asian and ethnic minority (BAME) workers at a particularly increased risk. Care workers are also more likely to die from Covid-19 than their NHS counterparts.

• The origins of the crisis in care predate the Covid-19 pandemic:·

– Deregulation and privatisation have led to a to a care sector that is dominated by private providers focused on increased financial yields and cost minimisation.

– Funding has been inadequate to address rising needs for decades, and there are increasing geographical inequalities in the social care system.
Although government grants to local authorities halved since 2010, responsibility for resourcing care remains with local authorities. Income from local taxes, including the increases announced in the 2020 Spending Review, have been insufficient to compensate for these cuts.

– Staff shortages are high and likely to worsen. Nearly a fifth of the current workforce were not born in the UK. The post-Brexit immigration system excludes thousands of potential care workers because they do not meet the pay and qualification thresholds. Prior to the pandemic, in a workforce of 1.2 million there were 122,000 social care staff vacancies.

– The numbers of unpaid carers have grown steadily over the last two decades and particularly during the Covid-19 pandemic. Since the onset of Covid-19 the numbers of unpaid carers have increased by an estimated 4.5 million to over 13.6 million in total and support needs have intensified.

While those that work in education and the public sector have been able to protect working conditions and their wages through unionisation, those working in zero hours contracts, in agencies providing support and assistance are far less able to do so as their jobs depend on the private sector agency hiring them and their power is limited as an understatement.

Because is it believed that somehow care work is “women’s work” as though somehow we are genetically predisposed to do it rather than being socially conditioned to being seen as our responsibility, it hides the reality that anyone can do it and that it is rewarding and socially important work. To be more precise, our societies cannot function without this type of work.

Another thing that became very clear during the pandemic is the interdependence between women workers. With schools closed, women were forced to leave paid employment to help children learning at home. Instead of this becoming a shared responsibility of families with two parents, overwhelmingly it was women that took on this task and were forced to leave work. Key workers that are women needed to keep their children in school in order to continue working as key workers. In Britain, children of key workers and children that were vulnerable (e.g., have impairments or are living in unsafe circumstances) remained in on-site education which required that classrooms and education itself had to be transformed in order for continuous education. So if you work in the care sector, as hospital and medical staff, in supermarkets, and in education at all levels, you needed other women to be in work in order for you to continue working and this was what kept our societies running during the pandemic. Women held our societies together during these crises and we need to ensure that not only is this work acknowledged but the importance of this work itself to keep our societies running.

Some final thoughts

In many respects, the contradictions inherent in the roles that working class women play in the capitalist system has been laid bare by the pandemic. On the one hand, they want us in the work force because they need us there. On the other hand, the system relies upon women to cover social reproduction in the home at the cheapest cost to the ruling class. It is this contradiction that has left working class women still trapped in “traditional women’s labour” with low wages, part-timism and poor working conditions. The problem for the overwhelming majority of women is not breaking the glass ceiling; rather it is the recognition of the importance of their labour in the capitalist economic system and decent wages income (so including benefits), access to services (e.g., childcare, social care) and working conditions that reflect the importance of the work that they do in our societies.

What must be remembered when we are looking at something like care, is that we are discussing care in the societies in which we live and what has often happened is that care has literally been delegated/relegated to individual members of families and extended families to ensure that the needs of family members are met rather than ensuring that this is treated as the societal responsibility which is what it actually is; something that impacts all the members of our society and it must be addressed in that manner.

With almost all economists talking about government directly intervening in the economy and investing to get us out of the economic crisis we need to be stressing that investing in care is investing in our societies and that it provides work for a far wider group of people than traditional government investment in construction and infrastructure which create jobs mostly for men. The socialisation of caring (bringing it into the public sector control) will not only provide employment, it provides something people living in our societies desperately need and it will address the needs of those that get support and assistance and at the same time address not only women’s oppression but the super-exploitation of women working in the care sector itself. Add to that that this work is carbon neutral and we have a win-win. But we must remember that the needs of those getting care and assistance must be at the forefront of all this discussion. The care sector needs to be transformed so that it serves the needs of people working there as well those that get support and assistance or all we will do is reproduce the problems that have existed in the system both historically and currently.

19 April 2021

Source Daily Kos.

On COVID and the Plague of Capital

$
0
0

 

Suzi Weissman interviews Rob WallaceMeleiza Figueroa and Graham Christensen
Agroecology establishes a sustainable relationship of crops to the environment.

Suzi Weissman: Rob Wallace is an evolutionary epidemiologist with the Agroecology and Royal Economics Research Corps. His new book, Dead Epidemiologists (2020), is on the origins of COVID-19. He authored Big Farms Make Big Flu and co-authored Clear-Cutting Disease Control: Capital-Led Deforestation, Public Health Austerity, and Vector-Borne Infection.

We are also joined by Graham Christensen in northeastern Nebraska, where he is a fifth-generation family farmer. He is president and founder of G.S. Resolve. Our third guest is Meleiza Figueroa, the producer-director extraordinaire of our program, and she is also a PhD candidate in urban geography. All three are involved with Pandemic for the People.

Rob, we begin with you. In your Monthly Review article called “COVID-19 and Circuits of Capital,” you are talking about the systemic roots of COVID-19 and how it is situated within the context of the globalized capitalist economy.

Industrial agriculture, habitat destruction, global commodity chains and the travel network have set up this perfect storm of conditions, not just for COVID, but also for future pandemics.

How can we get a wider systemic perspective on the current crisis? How vulnerable will we continue to be when we hopefully vanquish COVID-19?

Rob Wallace: Every outbreak that comes out just about annually, whether it’s Zika or Ebola or some of the influenzas, tends to have us scramble to figure out what’s going on. How is it spread, what is its clinical course? That is important because we need to know what they are doing; we need as a society to be able to respond.

Emergencies do happen, and we are obligated to intervene and make sure that any one outbreak doesn’t spread so far as to kill so many people because of the capacities of these pathogens to do so. But in focusing on a particular virus or pathogen, we lose sight of the context in which many of these strains are spilling over and evolving across the rural-urban continuum.

The COVID-19 virus and these other pathogens are emerging out what we call a circuit of production. Some are at the point of contact in which industrial agriculture is cutting into the forest, increasing the interface between wildlife that is the pathogens’ natural reservoir and spilling over into local livestock or laborers.

Despite how very different these viruses and pathogens are from each other in terms of their virology and subsequent development, all are emerging out of this expanding circle of production beginning in the forests and expanding around the world.

SW: You’ve made the connection between this emerging novel coronavirus and the globalized industrialized agriculture system, especially factory farming of livestock. Trump has made meatpacking an “essential” industry, which has increased the danger these workers are facing during the pandemic. Perhaps this is true for consumers as well. As we are facing economic catastrophe, how can we make substantial reforms to our food system, helping us weather the crisis and preventing future pandemics?

RW: Our group Pandemic Research for the People, in which Graham and Meleiza participate, are putting out a call for action around exactly this topic. There are two levels: at the level of the farm, and at the level of the consumer.

Much industrial production produces essentially very genetically similar livestock, hog, poultry and game by the thousands. You might have a turkey barn with 15,000 turkeys that are pretty much genetically the same. If pathogens arrive, they don’t really have to do much work to burn right through the whole group. There’s no immunological firebreaks built into the system.

If you’re a dangerous pathogen, you can get away with killing your host fast and the next host is right there. If you have 15,000 hosts with a similar genetic makeup, it pretty much selects the most virulent pathogens imaginable.

To protect your crop, you have to abandon the business model on which much industrial agriculture is being produced. You need to go back to treating agriculture as a natural economy.

You would reintroduce diversity of breeds into the rural landscape and in essence, reintroduce firebreaks. If some livestock survive an outbreak, those who have the genetic quirk that allows them to survive a pathogen would, in essence, act as the progenitors of the next generation.

Farmers around the world know this. But we’ve moved away from that knowledge by attempting to turn animals into widgets. And by turning farming into an industrial system, we have built a road that pathogens can travel.

Agribusiness vs. Public Health

SW: You talked about how agribusiness is at war with public health and that the public health system is losing. So maybe you could just talk a little bit about the politics at work. It seems that agribusiness, much like other industrial sectors, has considerable political power, but its ability to dominate stems less from the efficiencies they introduce and more their control of market access.

RW: That means basically buying up politicians and state capitals around the country and around the world, and locking out alternatives that we very much need.

We can do agriculture so we don’t actually produce all this pollution, we don’t produce these pathogens, we don’t force the meatpackers back into the factory during a pandemic. When we start to treat agriculture as a part and parcel of communities, both rural and urban, then we can get back on our feet.

This is very much a political problem. It’s not merely the logistics of agriculture – it requires that we understand the process of food production and why we have chosen this method. We all need to understand that what happens in one part of the globe very much impacts elsewhere.

SW: Graham Christensen is a fifth-generation family northeastern Nebraska farmer. He is also the president and founder of G.S. Resolve. So what are those connections, Graham?

GC: We have a fragile food system. I serve as a kind of messenger, being 40 years old and having witnessed firsthand a complete 180-degree shift from when I was a young person in the way food is being produced in our area.

What you’ve seen here is just a dismantling of regulations that were in place to check agribusiness from getting rampantly out of control, heavily concentrated and dominating the market, which has now become completely uncompetitive.

COVID-19 brought out a clear picture of where the disparities lie. In Nebraska, we have had a whole set of legislation that has further weakened our ability to make better decisions for ourselves. And that is combined with big-time federal policy issues like NAFTA, the neglect of antitrust enforcement and the debasement of country of origin labeling.

Consumers don’t have access to transparency to decide where they want to get their food. It makes it tricky to support farmers that are doing things ethically in Nebraska right now.

With COVID, you’ve seen the meatpacking plants become hot spots for the transmittal of the virus. The University of Nebraska Medical Center recently showed us how this is impacting people from more diverse backgrounds. It’s primarily impacting Hispanic workers and some of the communities that are newer to our area. This has revealed the disparities.

Over the past five to ten years everybody in Nebraska connected around the food issue is in unison around the demand for food sovereignty. This creates an opportunity for unification – whether it’s tribal lands, the inner city of north or south Omaha or in farmland USA — so that we can work together to come up with solutions that will create a superior system from what we have now.

Look, $13 an hour are the wages that Costco tried to implement in Fremont, on the poultry production line for the largest poultry operation west of the Missouri River. We did get it raised to $15 an hour after quite some debate, but put this in context. When I was born in 1979 in the same town, on the processing line, except for Hormel, those wages then were thirteen dollars an hour.

This is also the sixth year in a row that the average independent farmer has been in the red. This system of production is not working. People are hurting. When people are hurting and people’s health is declining, then something is wrong.

It’s the consumers who will ultimately drive the market. They’re going to dictate the policy, so we’ve assembled about 80 different groups of folks and entities from different backgrounds so that we can come together with a more unified message.

We want to paint a picture and then show the solutions on how we get in front of this issue. Those solutions are regenerative agriculture and using more biodiverse applications, as Rob was describing. With a more local and regional food security focus we can have that transparency from consumer to the farmer, as it was at one time.

Six Steps Toward Solutions

We have identified six initial actions to help move us forward.

Number one, we need to take care of the people working in the meatpacking plants. These people are unfairly being put into situations without proper protective equipment, sometimes being asked to even purchase the equipment themselves, even though they’re on low-income wages.

We’re asking for increased worker protections, with pay and safety standards as the priority. We have to be able to restore human rights within the meatpacking industry.

Second, we need antitrust legislation to be enforced and updated so that we can restore the competitive mechanism in agriculture that can help independent farmers.

Number three, we need state inspection of meat processing. The USDA put a stranglehold against enabling small farmers to produce high-quality foods that can be funneled into our local area or regional trading. As we’ve seen with what’s happened in the centralized meatpacking plants there is a real food security risk.

Four, we need to create a pathway to ownership for young and diverse people. If companies own the majority of land, it is probably game over for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and family farming as we know it. And that means that nutritional issues and health issues arising from lack of nutrition will increase.

As the baby boomer generation holds most of the farmland, the turnover in land over the next 15 years is crucial. Young people need a pathway to owning farmland so that they can be part of the solution.

Fifth, there needs to be a state-level ban on corporate farming in order to allow more independent operations to thrive.

Six, we need to implement strategic grain reserves. If the COVID-19 virus resurges or the next pandemic hits, we need to have an adequate food supply both for people and animals. This also creates another market for farmers that helps keep them afloat.

SW I grew up in Montana, where of course those silos of grain reserves were everywhere. To underscore the connection between agriculture and capitalism, we see the rise of the pandemic and how rapidly it spread throughout the world. No corner is untouched but here in the United States, it’s raging far more than should be the case because of the lack of leadership.

RW: It was accepted across both political parties that meatpacking plants needed to reopen. The governors across the Midwest, whether Democrat and Republican, rubber-stamped that decision because large agricultural concerns are the economic engine for many states. Governors were willing to cut off unemployment insurance as a way of forcing workers back into the plants.

Some basic questions were moved off the table in a way that requires everyday people to step up and intervene. What are our priorities? What do we need?
There is a sense that the political class has abandoned us. This requires everyday people to step up and push back and make sure that its demands are met. Just in terms of vaccines and antivirals, there is a long history of progressive demands that the latest in medical innovations be made available.

In Pandemic Research for the People (PREP) we’ve outline six different working groups. The first is rural, two of them have already been launched and we’re on our way. The other ones we launched are prep neighborhoods to deal with some of the outbreaks occurring in urban areas.

Criminal Negligence and Mutual Aid

SW: Meleiza Figueroa, Rob talked about meatpackers being forced back to work. We’ve heard over and over again that we should sacrifice ourselves for the economy instead of having the economy serve the community. Could you comment on other ways in which the leadership has been not just absent, but has made things worse?

MF: Absolutely, I would probably use the term “criminally negligent.” Globalization has really set us up for this perfect storm. This is true not just in the food system, but in many other essential goods and services.

What this pandemic is really bringing home is the social vulnerability we have from having dismantled a lot of local systems of support in favor of monopoly-owned capital. Four to six companies own almost 90% of the food chain. Local governments have been retooled to be value producers for real estate instead of guardians and protectors of the public interest.

I’m part of PREP Neighborhoods Working Group. Our objective is to consolidate and systematize knowledge from the ad hoc efforts of communities all over the country.

We’re not reinventing the wheel from scratch. Communities of color and poor communities have survived through mutual aid, especially in the wake of Hurricane Katrina. Mutual aid and disaster relief was an organizational response that came out of Katrina as well as Occupy Sandy.

Over many natural disasters, communities have developed a loose model where network of neighborhoods have organized for our own survival. This is in contrast to the government model of waiting for the government to organize a rescue, which is not going to happen, certainly not on the scale and timeline required.

So we’ve been talking about how we can help to amplify these efforts and make them available to community organizers who have been geared towards more pressure-type politics. What are government responses that could help us build the structures that we need to maintain ourselves and fight for more of what we actually need?

Demands come out of movements, so our first dispatch highlighted Southern Solidarity, which was based in New Orleans’ Black community. This form of organizing is solidarity, not charity.

Let’s build a model of what’s necessary for our basic needs and make a political impact beginning at the local level. Local governments still have a lot of power, which has largely been relinquished in the last 40 years. So it’s a matter of training city council people how to govern, to be accountable to public needs.

In the first wave of the pandemic people were making grocery deliveries and prescription pickups. How can we go beyond that? How can we create new structures, working with local producers and also engaging local governments to addressing these issues?

Mutual aid for me gives a lot of hope because it is in many ways a moment for the knitting together of interconnected problems that have just been forced into plain view by this pandemic.

In my town in Chico, California we started a people’s assembly as a result of the George Floyd protests to defund the police. We started asking questions: If we’re going to defund the police, where should we put these public resources?

Almost immediately, a majority of people we’ve been talking to say we need to grow food again. These responses are coming from the vulnerabilities we’re experiencing because of the pandemic. Same thing with labor — with teachers being forced to go back to schools.

In this way the pandemic is bringing those networks back together for, dare I say it, some kind of dual power type of a structure. Again, that’s aspirational, but mutual aid is the core. And I hope that this perfect storm will lead to a solution.

Capitalism: Solution or Problem?

SW: You have been dancing around the obvious point of how capitalism has made all of this much worse. The conventional wisdom is that capitalism frees up human creativity — that’s how we get scientific and other innovation because people aren’t hobbled by structures. Yet each of you has been talking about how gutted these structures are, given the profit motive.

One of the stories this week is how in Los Angeles a factory producing masks had to be shut down. Many of its employees tested positive for the virus. Throughout this pandemic something so basic as just producing and distributing protective equipment is unable to be done. Hospital workers were wearing trash bags.

We have the most expensive health care system in the world yet there’s not enough beds. How many of the solutions to the problem have been handcuffed by capitalism?

RW: I certainly have my personal stance about capitalism, but around the world you’ve had a variety of countries that have been able to respond to this in a way that the United States and Europe, for the most part, have not. I think profit can get in the way of delivering on many of the services that are necessary to keep society running.

In terms of how the outbreak was handled, different countries were able to respond because they see governance as something helping the people with which you rule or rule with or rule over however you want to put it. The notion that governance is supposed to help people in their time of need is a really weird, wild concept here in the United States.

Capitalism has much to do with it, but particularly in the United States example, we’re turning capital back into money. That’s a way of saying that the Apple class is cashing out and that they can only see public services as the means of their getting rich. This is a different cycle of accumulation than that during World War II.

China is a case where they built a public health system as a means of being able to project imperial might. And what’s remarkable is that in the matter of months in the United States we seemed to signal not only the world, but to people here, that we are no longer in the business of maintaining that infrastructure.

We see our country where the political class is almost on strike against the notion of running a government for our people, even if the objective is to accumulate profit. This is where efforts are required that Meleiza described of mutual aid.

There’s also a long history of progressive forces organizing in the neighborhoods as well as in the factories. And in fact, these two things are tied together. If a factory went on strike, it’s important that the neighborhood support it. Chambers of Commerce emerged in part because they were very much disturbed by the chambers of labor that came out in their neighborhoods in support of workers and their strikes.

There were decades of organizing in rural areas to push back against what was, in essence, East Coast-backed agribusiness. They wanted to preserve the rights of rural communities to defend their town economies from being gutted.

So in order to find our solutions, they have to be embedded in more local, regional-based ways of actually exercizing political power. That doesn’t mean that we don’t keep track about what’s going on elsewhere – in fact it is how we learn. When we speak about local and regional, we’re not closing ourselves off from learning and working with people elsewhere.

Already we’ve learned a lot across neighborhoods and rural areas together. In fact it speaks to what could be a future politics going forward and healing the gap that the political class has taken advantage of, in dividing the rural from urban — both Republicans and Democrats have made a lot of political hay out of that — and it must come down to everyday people reaching across and organizing in such a way that ends this division.

This interview is excerpted and edited from the Suzi Weissman’s Jacobin Radio program on KPFK in Los Angeles.

India: The myth of Congress socialism

$
0
0

This is an article that is being reproduced from ESSF, a wesbite presenting diverse views from the left across the world, because of the topicality of the issue. Many even on the left are looking back to the Nehru Era as a kind of socialistic endeavour. We publish this essay, not as a standpoint of Radical Socialist, but to highlight the bourgeois nature of the Congress throughout independent India-- Administator]

Why Jawaharlal Nehru and Indira Gandhi were never really on the Left to begin with.

Were India’s early postcolonial leaders socialists? Yes, undeniably, goes the common reflex, both on the Left and Right. To most conservatives, following the economist Jagdish Bhagwati, it took a new generation weaned off older statist shibboleths – thanks to a balance of payments crisis in the early 1990s – for India to unfetter itself from the shackles of Congress socialism. To most left-liberals, on the other hand, Jawaharlal Nehru and Indira Gandhi’s years in office – 1947-64; 1966-77 and 1980-84 – were a golden age of welfarism, a world removed from the neoliberal depredations of our time. As it happens, both views rest on a flawed premise. For both exaggerate the differences between early and late postcolonial India.

Indeed, a closer look reveals that continuities count for more than differences. Nehru and Gandhi may have been self-professed socialists, and their successors their equally self-styled critics. But for all that, their styles of rule, and the kinds of state apparatuses they presided over, were remarkably similar. The Nehruvian state, much like the contemporary Indian one, was an emaciated affair. The radical Left, then as now, was seen as an enemy of the state by Delhi’s incumbents. If to prime ministers Manmohan Singh and Narendra Modi, India’s Maoists were, variously, ‘the greatest internal security threat’ and ‘monsters’ with ‘evil mindsets’, unworthy of dialogue and fit for elimination, to Nehru and Gandhi, their predecessors were no better. Happily, Nehru put down the communist insurgency in Telangana with brute military force in the late forties, rescuing landlords from the wrath of the peasantry, which was living in near-feudal conditions. Around the same time, disillusioned Congress socialists left for the Socialist Party when it became clear to them that Nehru’s party was disinterested in land reform. Moreover, they sat out the writing of the Indian Constitution, tasked as it was to an indirectly elected body whose members were selected as representatives of their ethnic communities by a tiny, landed and elite electorate – unjustifiable to the Socialists but perfectly reasonable to Nehru. Later, when the Socialist Party courted a merger with the Congress, Nehru actively discouraged it; it never went through. Likewise, he kept at arm’s length from the faction that tried pushing his party to the Left, the Congress Socialist Forum. Party unity trumped socialism proper. And famously, joining forces with the Muslim League and Christian groups, he threw out the world’s first elected communist government in Kerala in 1959.

“It may well be that the Indian socialist leader is as elusive as the true Scotsman.”

The same was true of Indira Gandhi’s regime. During her premiership, cadres of the Communist Party of India (Marxist) were consigned to torture chambers in Kerala, and Bengali Maoists incarcerated wholesale. After riding on the coat tails of the Congress Forum for Socialist Action (CFSA), the pressure group that helped her cling onto power in 1969 after the party split, she unhesitatingly turned against it in the early 1970s, by which time it had become a liability: “Do these people want another split in the party?” It was disbanded soon after. In 1975, she carried out a self-coup by declaring a state of emergency, banning the Maoist Naxalite movement and arresting CPI(M) cadres, socialists, trade unionists, and even leaders of the Congress Left. For the period of the Emergency, all fundamental rights were suspended save one: the right to property. As for promises to bring the commanding heights of the economy under public control, these were quickly forgotten: so much so that Gandhi announced a moratorium on nationalisation. Moreover, while Parliament was amending the Constitution to reflect that India was not only a ‘sovereign’ but also a ‘socialist’ republic, Gandhi was telling the press that education and welfare cuts were necessary to give tax breaks to the top one percent of Indian earners. A year into her final term, in 1981, she pushed through an amendment of the Essential Services Maintenance Act; aimed at disciplining labour, it made it easier to ban strikes, imprison workers, and use military personnel as blacklegs. She was also behind what was, perhaps, the most brutal suppression of the labour movement in Indian history: in 1982, the textile strike in Bombay was put down with the help of police and paramilitary forces, leaving 150,000 workers unemployed.

The elusive socialist leader

It may well be that the Indian socialist leader is as elusive as the true Scotsman. But even so, it is hard to sustain an image of the Nehru-Gandhis as socialists when both father and daughter presided over a period of growing inequality. And remarkably, neither of them were particularly interested in the business of redistribution. Both, for instance, favoured deeply regressive taxation. When power was transferred to him in 1947, Nehru was quick to institute a tax regime that reduced the burden on the rich. Indirect taxes accounted for 60 percent of total taxes in 1948. When he died in office in 1964, they amounted to 72 percent. His daughter followed in his footsteps. A decade into her rule, the figure stood at 84 percent. Similarly, the Nehru-Gandhis also presided over the steady devaluation of labour power. In the five years to 1955, for instance, the share of wages in gross value added was 63 percent. A secular decline ensued. Fast forward to 1972, when Gandhi’s socialist rhetoric had never been shriller, it had fallen to 53 percent; in other words, surplus value had risen from 37 to 47 percent.

So much for socialism, even at its supposed early-1970s meridian – some two and a half decades into Nehru-Gandhi rule – the public sector remained a skeletal concern, accounting for a mere 16 percent of GDP. There was, then, not much to the Indian state: the railways, the usual monopolies in mass media and manufacturing, a presence in banking and insurance, a nearly non-existent bureaucracy, and a welfare state in extremis. Unsurprisingly, a mere 2.7 percent of Indians were in public employment in 1971. To put this into world-historical perspective, even the decidedly non-socialist polities of the advanced capitalist world boasted considerably larger public sectors. There, on average, some 12 to 15 percent of the workforce was in the employ of the state.

“The World Bank and the Economist heaped praise on the Emergency regime after the 1976 budget, while the ILO and AFL-CIO castigated it in no uncertain terms.”

What accounts for the chasm between progressive rhetoric and conservative praxis? In the main, idiosyncratic policy choices and a very cynical understanding of socialism, it appears. When Nehru assumed the premiership, a time when 83 percent of Indians lived in the countryside, he decided against taxing the gentry, setting a precedent that continues to this day. This, of course, worked to the benefit of the landed elite that formed the backbone of the Congress, and to the detriment of the landless poor.

As the decades rolled by, course correction became virtually impossible, what with Nehru’s and later Gandhi’s parasitical dependence on the gentry for capital formation. For their socialist five-year plans in no small measure banked on rural accumulation to fund industrial expansion. Keeping rural demand low – that is, poor peasants poor – was, in effect, a macroeconomic priority. Whereas India’s landowning gentry – or bullock capitalists, to use the term coined by the political scientists Lloyd and Suzanne Rudolph for those owning between 2.5 and 15 acres – were mollycoddled with minimum support prices and subsidised fertilisers, the rest – mainly the landless and smallholders – found themselves completely neglected. Wages stagnated. What is more, the Green Revolution widened the gap between the rich and poor. In 1961-1962, surplus land accounted for 24 percent of India’s agricultural land. In 1971-1972, a decade into the Green Revolution, it had risen to 31 percent. Dispossession and land consolidation were the greatest in places like the Punjab, Ground Zero of the Green Revolution, where the tractor-owning gentry was quick to improve yields and price out smallholders.

Early on in his rule, Nehru ruled out expropriation. Consideration for large landholders, it appears, was foremost on his mind: “though equitably perhaps justifiable, it may lead to many cases of hardship”. Likewise, he went to great lengths to declare against coercion in the implementation of the Avadi and Nagpur resolutions of 1955 and 1959, which, in any case, were never followed through. Promises of wholesale nationalisation and collectivisation remained just that: promises. But coercion against the landed classes was one thing, against the landless another. Agrarian uprisings were put down in Telangana in 1946-51, in Thanjavur in 1967-69, and in Srikakulam in 1967-70. In the Kilvenmani massacre of December 1968, 44 landless Dalit labourers were torched to death by their employers, all of whom were acquitted by the Madras High Court on grounds of insufficient evidence. In a similar episode, Santhal tribesmen were burnt alive in Bihar. Here, again, the socialist state looked the other way.

“The left has been given control of the rhetoric. The right has been granted most of the tangible benefits.”

If non-violence got in the way of Nehru’s socialism, indifference got in the way of Gandhi’s. She, too, then, remained deeply sceptical of harnessing state power to progressive ends. “Removing poverty is not the responsibility of the government alone,” she declared in 1975. As with Nehru and Gandhi, so with their inner circle. V K Krishna Menon, Nehru’s defence minister, for instance, declared himself strongly opposed to land reform in his native Kerala. Govind Ballabh Pant, home minister, felt much the same. On his account, not all zamindars were rapacious rentiers. Similarly, C Subramaniam, darling of the Congress Left and Gandhi’s finance minister, found strikes “deplorable” and the working classes contemptible for wanting “to imitate the rich”. He thought about the landless in the same terms: “of course, we cannot expect everybody to own land. It is not necessary also.” To another supporter of the CFSA, D K Barooah, too, the trade unions were the enemy, all-powerful and unruly. They were “trying to mislead the working class and sabotage production”, he declared in 1975. The same year, the Ministry of Education, run by “a lifelong member of the Communist Party of India”, Nurul Hasan, could be found inveighing against the abolition of child labour: it was not only “not feasible”, but also “not desirable”.

Congress Left or Right?

With friends like these, and a worldview like theirs, neither Nehru nor Gandhi really needed the countervailing influence of a Congress Right, let alone a rightwing opposition, to stifle their socialist commitments. These existed all the same. Led by figures such as Vallabhbhai Patel and later Purushottam Das Tandon and Morarji Desai in Nehru’s time, and then Jagjivan Ram, Yashwantrao Chavan, and T A Pai in Gandhi’s, the Congress Right was in many senses the stronger faction, even if fewer of its members were to be found in Parliament and government. Very briefly, the Congress Left and Right were rather different beasts. The former operated on a promissory plane, a world of ideas and utopian plans. The latter, instead, was firmly anchored in the real, in the realm of power and realities.

The Congress Left’s writ ran in Rajpath and Janpath – Parliament House and the ministerial residences in central Delhi – and a few enclaves of radical and educated opinion, in the main wherever its few metropolitan allies in the press and unions commanded some influence, but nowhere beyond. The Congress Right, on the hand, had the party organisation in its vice-like grip. This is because it enjoyed the support of the conservative landowning classes, whose ranks made up the building blocks of the Pradesh and District Congress Committees (PCCs and DCCs). While they were influential in the upper echelons of the party, lower down, they were invincible. Indeed, as the political scientist Francine Frankel has argued, they had a wide range of tools at their disposal – juridical; legislative; paramilitary and police; clerical – to bury the land reforms so dear to the Congress Left. Enforcing ceilings and redistributing surplus land hit upon all kinds of stumbling blocks. Many landowners challenged the legality of the transfers in courts. Others resorted to intimidation and violence. Yet others parcelled out their lands to distant relatives, repurposed them for ‘religious’ uses, and temporarily pledged them to charity.

Consequently, during their most concerted stabs at land redistribution – in Nehru’s case, his first term, 1947-1952; in Indira Gandhi’s, the Emergency of 1975-1977 – India’s first and third premiers redistributed a mere 14 and 1.1 million acres, respectively. Needless to say, these figures paled in comparison to those registered by Nehru and Gandhi’s East Asian counterparts. For his part, Mao transferred 100 million acres in the three years to 1952 alone. Proportionally speaking, land reform in India was nowhere comparable to what transpired in, say, Japan, South Korea, Vietnam, and China.

Industrial relations under the Nehru-Gandhis was much of a muchness. Periodic socialist declamations apart, Congressmen in early postcolonial India were very much in bed with big business. Less than a year into his first term, Nehru had already jettisoned his nationalising ambitions. Government would focus on developing rather than expropriating industries, the Industrial Policy of Resolution of April 1948 reassured Indian capitalists. Throughout his tenure, Nehru had little say in who served as his finance minister; it was the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI), the voice of capital, that had the final word. The Second Five-Year Plan, covering 1956-61, was geared towards stimulating private capital, as was the Third, for 1961-66, which, on FICCI’s recommendations, also opened a number of industries to the private sector. From the ranks of big business came the party’s big donors; in cities like Kanpur, local businessmen also happened to be local Congressmen. Capital, in a word, could not be alienated.

“What accounts for the chasm between progressive rhetoric and conservative praxis?”

But the bond between capitalist and Congressman was not merely party-political; often it was also personal. The Nehrus and Birlas, for instance, were family friends. The power generated by the wildly expensive Rihand Dam, built and funded by the state, was sold for a song to the Birlas in 1959, to the chagrin of Parliament and the public. Eleven years later, during Gandhi’s premiership, the Birlas once again found themselves the subject of public opprobrium when a license to build a fertiliser factory was handed to them. This at a time when the family firm was under investigation and the government committed to reining in monopolists. The premier’s son and effective sultan during the Emergency, Sanjay Gandhi, supported K K Birla’s run for the Rajya Sabha in 1976. One could go on.

If capital needed cosseting, labour needed co-opting, crippling even. First, Congressmen tried entryism en masse to weaken the communist-dominated All India Trade Union Congress (AITUC) in February 1947. When this failed – perhaps because Congressmen attempted, rather disingenuously and to no avail, to have the confederation permanently disavow strikes and submit to compulsory arbitration by the state – they set up a rival outfit, the Indian National Trade Union Congress (INTUC), with the blessing of the party leadership and backing of state power. Patronage from the party in power and preferential legislation saw to it that the INTUC quickly became the largest trade union federation. Its hegemony served the party in good stead, but not so much the proletariat. Indeed, its primary business was to see to it that the working classes did not get ideas above their station. The INTUC’s “loyalties are to the Congress Party, then to the present government, to the nation, and last of all to the workers”, Myron Weiner observed in 1962. At the time of Nehru’s death in 1964, real wages for factory workers was lower than it had been in 1952 even as worker productivity was half as large again.

Gandhi was a chip off the old block. Wage suppression continued during her tenure. Through the early 1970s, strikes were routinely broken with the help of the police, army, navy, and paramilitary organisations. No sooner had the Emergency been declared than wages were slashed further, strikes forbidden, a portion of salaries indefinitely withheld as ‘compulsory deposits’, mutinous unionists sent packing to prison, and 500,000 workers made redundant. The four largest unions in the Republic were inveigled into forswearing industrial action for a period of four years. The traditional model of industrial relations, premised on a give-and-take between labour and management, was done away with. In its place came a new system centred on a raft of state-sanctioned ‘apex bodies’, headed by management and with an altogether different mandate: not labour welfare, but production and efficiency. The World Bank and the Economist heaped praise on the Emergency regime after the 1976 budget, while the ILO and AFL-CIO castigated it in no uncertain terms. As even Anthony Lukas, foreign correspondent of the impeccably liberal New York Times, understood perfectly in 1976, Indira Gandhi’s Emergency regime was “profoundly schizoid. The left has been given control of the rhetoric. The right has been granted most of the tangible benefits”.

Engines of privilege

But what of the socialist rhetoric itself? Here, the adjective is misplaced. For the Nehru-Gandhis’ understanding of socialism was always rather suspect. Certainly, both father and daughter placed a greater premium on self-help than state action. It could be said that their common worldview bespoke, or betrayed, the limits of their intellectual formation – in Nehru’s case, a journey from theosophy through Harrow to Cambridge; in Gandhi’s, from Shantiniketan to Oxford. These places, after all, were engines of privilege. In such settings, radical pretensions were certainly imbibed, but never internalised with any degree of seriousness. Socialist posturing was mere talk, and talk was cheap. Or, as the political scientist Howard Erdman would later have it, “Nehru’s bark was far worse than his bite.” An exotic ideology, in short, told of worldliness. Not for nothing did Nehru’s Socialist Book Club – based on London’s Left Book Club that he was a part of – superciliously produce “‘socialist classics’ suitably ‘abridged’ for Indian readers”. For its part, the colonial government did not take “Jawaharlal’s socialist statements seriously”, his biographer Benjamin Zachariah writes, and there is good reason to believe that Nehru himself wore his ideas rather lightly. Asseverating that he was a socialist was just another way of saying that he went to Cambridge.

But if autodidacticism and Oxbridge left much to be desired, there was another influence tempering their socialism: the Gandhian inheritance. For all their cosmopolitanism, they were nevertheless products of a singularly domestic milieu. Nehru and Indira Gandhi shared more with figures like Mohandas Gandhi, Rammanohar Lohia and Jayaprakash Narayan than with, say, Vladimir Lenin, Rosa Luxemburg, or even the social democratic Left in postwar Europe – and understandably so. Parochialism is not without its comforts. But what did this peculiarly Indian bequest look like? Gandhi’s allergy to class conflict is well-known: in 1932, he had famously convinced the Congress Working Committee to formally issue a ‘reassurance to zamindars’ when it appeared to the latter that Congress radicals were toying with dangerous ideas. For Narayan, redistribution was repressive, plain and simple: a disciple of Gandhi’s, he ultimately came to share in his vision of ‘trusteeship’, in which relations between worker and capitalist, peasant and landlord, mirrored that of sheep and shepherd, after having initially critiqued it. While a more radical and clear-headed thinker, Lohia, too, never managed to fully shake off the quainter aspects of Gandhianism: he was a votary of, as it were, small-state socialism, built on smallholdings and handicrafts. ‘The Leviathan state’ of big industry and big government was as distasteful to him as capitalism.

The thinking of Nehru and his team was, in the main, of a piece with the ideology of this constellation. As the historian Taylor Sherman has it, theirs was not socialism per se, but a singularly Indian declension of it. It departed from socialism proper by placing a greater emphasis on individual over state action; remaining sanguine about, even favourably disposed to, private property; and preferring peaceful, if glacial, to rapid, albeit violent, social change. For the historian Christopher Bayly, too, the eminent Nehruvians in power in the 1950s and 1960s betrayed a worldview that was distinctly their own, more imbued with the spirit of, as it were, communitarian liberalism’ than socialism as such. Their hostility to statism; preference for small-scale and local, as opposed to colossal and national, solutions; for voluntarism and associationalism, power to the panchayats, cooperatives and sabhas of every stripe, not centralisation and concerted state action, incontrovertibly set them apart from their mid-20th century Western socialist peers.

Unease with diktat, then, came with the territory. Today, Nehru’s name is associated with modernist hauteur and grandeur: the Indian Institutes of Technology, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, and the city of Chandigarh spring to mind. But these urban marvels – few and far apart as they are – conceal more than they reveal. Truth be told, Nehru did not do monumental ambition. Symptomatic was his characteristically liberal response to those frustrated with the glacial pace of reform: yes, he would have preferred to move faster, but across-the-board expropriation and redistribution was not an option “because most Indians were not socialists”.

His daughter betrayed a similar impulse in 1976, when the Congress Left urged her to remove the right to property: “public opinion was not ready” for such a move, she argued. The concern with propriety and public sentiment, of course, was in no small part a function of the limited ability of the penniless Indian state to enact social reform. But structural constraints dovetailed with ideological inhibitions. To both Nehru and Gandhi, bottom-up initiative was preferable to top-down reform. Faced with acute food shortages throughout their terms in office, both fell back on discourses of self-sufficiency and charity. Why reorganise tenure when citizens could “grow vegetables and grain at home” and selfless Congress party workers could muck in with peasants, as Nehru felt was the way out of famine in 1949? Or, for that matter, why create state-run cooperatives and enforce ceiling legislation when families in cities could get their hands dirty doing a bit of kitchen gardening and school children in the countryside could be recruited to the cause of pest control, catching bugs and beetles by hand, as Gandhi believed was the solution to the food problem in 1974? The gist of it – ‘pull yourselves up by your bootstraps!’– of course, was anything but socialist. If anything, it was a one-nation conservative vision. The poor could get by with some more encouragement, the rich could do more slumming.

Opportunism, not socialism

For all that, the question then remains: why did early postcolonial Congress leaders bother with socialism at all? There are two reasons for this. First, while it often meant nothing in practice, ‘socialism’ belonged to the postcolonial Indian lexicon. Everyone swore by it. Even the Swatantra Party, the vehicle of big business and the aristocracy, no less, fashioned itself as an outfit of “twentieth-century socialists” on the hustings. “We are all socialists now”, ran the Whig dictum of Britain at the turn of the century. Never was it truer, though, than in the self-image of early postcolonial Indian politicians. And second, in a country whose citizens were for the better part poor and illiterate, lip service to socialism was inevitable. So the key desiderata of any self-respecting socialism – expanding public ownership, ramping up public spending, making bigger and bolder five-year plans, facilitating redistribution – were subject to endless name-checking.

For Delhi’s rulers, then, going through the motions was not without its uses. Nehru’s ‘socialism’, in effect, was simply an exercise in skilful triangulation. Anyone more to the Left of him was a rabble-rousing troublemaker; to his Right, a hopeless and heartless monster incapable of commiserating with the ordinary, immiserated Indian. It must be remembered that it was often against a backdrop of incipient radicalism that Nehru made many of his socialist pronouncements and policies. The all-too-real threat of communism in Nehru’s first term prompted the most extensive land reforms witnessed in the republic. The Avadi resolution came in advance of the 1957 general election at a time when socialist parties were poised to make great strides at the expense of the Congress. The Nagpur resolution was announced ahead of the 1960 Kerala election, in which a second defeat at the hands of the Communists was a very real prospect.

For Nehru’s daughter, too, feigning leftwing credentials made political sense, and she was candid about this. “We spoke of socialism because that was what went down well with the masses”, Indira Gandhi said to the press in 1969. Economically, in the late 1960s India was in a hard place. Politically, the Congress Forum for Socialist Action was ascendant. So she unshackled herself from the clutches of the Syndicate, the oligarchic party bosses, by winning over the CFSA, consolidating power in the party on the back of its support, and winning elections in its name. Only a year before coming out as a socialist, she had opposed the nationalisation of banks. Even after her damascene conversion, she continued opposing the nationalisation of foreign trade, and briefly, even the abolition of ‘privy purses’, the pensions of the former aristocracy handed to them for their trouble integrating into the Union at Independence. But at a time of inflation, scarcity, and economic hardship, and fresh from a slew of electoral defeats at the state level, not to mention the hard left insurgency ripping through the countryside and growing stronger by the day, there was no alternative to socialism in 1969, she felt. On her desk was probably the alarming Home Ministry report on ‘The Causes and Nature of Current Agrarian Tensions’ that was published that year, which worried that “extremism” and the “widening gap” between proprietor and peasant were “lend[ing] to an explosive situation”. The Green Revolution could potentially turn red. “Garibi hatao” was her answer: Get rid of poverty. Ahead of her landslide election victory of 1971 she had said to the journalist Kuldip Nayar: “I want to take the wind out of the sails of the Communists, and I can do that only by moving to the Left.” Indisputably, this was opportunism, not socialism.

The Nehru-Gandhis, then, were not some of nature’s socialists, numberless references to the “socialistic pattern of society” (a Nehruvian watchword) and Garibi Hatao (Gandhi’s cri de cœur) notwithstanding. From the 1950s on, the Congress that they led was, as indeed it had been during the twilight years of the Raj, a party of the gentry, and to a lesser extent of capital and the bourgeoisie as well, masquerading as the voice of the proletariat, even as it brutally put down any semblance of collective action by them, placing police and union power at the behest of landlord and capitalist and obviating any juridical or parliamentary challenge to landed and monied interests. To put it less charitably, Nehru and Gandhi in particular, but also Congress socialists more generally, belonged to the same tendency that the Czech writer Jaroslav Hašek caricatured in his circumspect, but alas only satirical, Party of Moderate Progress Within the Bounds of the Law.


Pratinav Anil, a Clarendon scholar, is completing his doctorate on Muslim politics in postcolonial India at St John’s College, University of Oxford. Educated at Sciences Po and the LSE, he has between his degrees briefly worked at the Centre de recherches internationales in Paris and as a farmhand in the Val-d’Oise. His India’s First Dictatorship: The Emergency, 1975-1977 (Hurst), co-authored with Christophe Jaffrelot, is out now.

Viewing all 214 articles
Browse latest View live